Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Blue Valley Ban Corp.

Blue Valley Ban Corp.

bvbc · OTC Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker bvbc
Exchange OTC
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Blue Valley Ban Corp.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
BVBC 10-K 12/31/2011

Section 1: 10-K (10-K) 

Table of Contents 

UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

⌧ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 

1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011  

OR  

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 

OF 1934 

For the transition period from             to               

Commission file number: 001-15933  

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Kansas
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

11935 Riley 
Overland Park, Kansas 
(Address of principal executive offices)

48-1070996
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

66225-6128
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (913) 338-1000  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class
Guarantee with respect to the Trust Preferred 
Securities, $8.00 par value, of BVBC Capital 
Trust I (None of which are currently outstanding) 

Name of each exchange on which registered
None currently

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act    Yes  ¨    No ⌧  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act    Yes  ⌧    No  ¨  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

 
 
 
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ⌧    No  ¨  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to submit and post such files.    Yes  ⌧    No  ¨  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, 
to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any 
amendment to this Form 10-K.  ⌧  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. 
See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):  

Large accelerated filer   ¨
  ¨
Non-accelerated filer

   Accelerated filer
   Smaller reporting company

  ¨
  ⌧

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Act    Yes  ¨    No  ⌧  

As of January 31, 2012 1,732,844 shares of the Registrant’s common stock were held by non-affiliates. The aggregate market value of these 
common shares, computed based on the June 30, 2011 closing price of the stock, was approximately $9.5 million. As of January 31, 2012 the 
registrant had 2,879,158 shares of Common Stock ($1.00 par value) outstanding.  

1. Part III – Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

  
  
      
BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  

FORM 10-K INDEX  

Table of Contents 

PART I. 
Item 1.    Business
Item 1A.   Risk Factors
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.    Properties
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II. 
Item 5.    Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data
Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures
Item 9B.   Other Information

PART III. 
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.   Executive Compensation
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13.   Certain Relationships, Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV. 
Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

1  

   Page No. 

2  

19  

24  

25  

25  

25  

26  

27  

29  

54  

56  

56  

57  

57  

58  

58  

58  

58  

59  

59  

  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
Table of Contents 

Part I  

Business 

Item 1:
The Company and Subsidiaries  
As used in this Form 10-K, unless we specify otherwise, “we,” “us,” “our,” and “Company” refers to Blue Valley Ban Corp., a Kansas corporation.  

Blue Valley Ban Corp. is a bank holding company organized in 1989. The Company’s primary wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank of Blue Valley (the 
“Bank”), was also organized in 1989 to provide banking services to closely-held businesses and their owners, professionals and residents in 
Johnson County, Kansas, a demographically attractive area within the Kansas City, Missouri - Kansas Metropolitan Statistical Area (the “Kansas 
City MSA”). The focus of the Company has been to take advantage of the anticipated growth in the market area as well as to serve the needs of 
small and mid-sized commercial borrowers. These are customers we believe currently are underserved as a result of banking consolidations in the 
industry and within our market.  

We have experienced significant internal growth since the Company’s inception. As of December 31, 2011, we had five full service banking centers 
in Johnson County, Kansas, including our principal office and full-service banking centers in Leawood, Lenexa, Olathe and Shawnee, Kansas.  

Our lending activities are focused on commercial, commercial real estate, construction, home equity and residential real estate lending. The 
Company strives to identify, develop and maintain diversified lines of business which provide acceptable risk-adjusted returns. In addition, the 
Bank provides lease financing and consumer lending.  

We seek to develop lines of business which diversify our revenue sources, increase our non-interest income and offer additional value-added 
services to our customers. We develop these new or existing lines of business while monitoring related risk factors. In addition to fees generated 
in conjunction with lending activities, the Company derives non-interest income by providing mortgage origination, deposit and cash 
management, and trust and investment brokerage services.  

In addition to the Bank, as of December 31, 2011, the Company had two wholly-owned subsidiaries: BVBC Capital Trust II and BVBC Capital Trust 
III, which were created to offer the Company’s trust preferred securities and to purchase our junior subordinated debentures. At December 31, 
2008, the Company owned 100% of Blue Valley Building Corp., which owns the buildings and real property that comprise our headquarters, 
operations facility and the Leawood banking center. As of March 31, 2009, the Company contributed 100% of the outstanding shares of Blue 
Valley Building Corp. to the Bank.  

The Company had a 49% ownership in Homeland Title, LLC through March 2009, at which time the Company terminated its ownership interest in 
Homeland Title, LLC. Homeland Title, LLC was established in June 2005 and provided title and settlement services. This entity is no longer in 
operation.  

The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 11935 Riley, Overland Park, Kansas 66225-6128, and our telephone number is (913) 338-
1000.  

Consolidated financial information, including a measure of profit and loss and total assets can be found in Part IV of this report.  

2  

  
  
Table of Contents 

Our Market Area  
The Company operates primarily as a community bank, serving the banking needs of small and medium-sized companies and individuals in the 
Kansas City MSA. Specifically, our trade area consists of Johnson County, Kansas, Wyandotte County, KS and Jackson County, MO. We believe 
that coupling our strategy of providing exceptional customer service and local decision making with attractive market demographics makes us 
competitive in the Kansas City MSA.  

The income levels and growth rate of Johnson County, Kansas compare favorably to national averages. Johnson County’s population growth rate 
ranks in the top 8.85% of counties nationally, and its per capita income ranks in the top 1.34% of counties nationally. Johnson County is also a 
significant banking market in the State of Kansas and in the Kansas City MSA. According to available industry data, as of June 30, 2011, total 
deposits in Johnson County, including those of banks, thrifts and credit unions, were approximately $14.4 billion, which represented 23.63% of 
total deposits in the state of Kansas and 33.00% of total deposits in the Kansas City MSA.  

As our founders anticipated, the trade area surrounding our main banking facility in Overland Park, Kansas has become a highly developed retail 
area in the Kansas City MSA. Our Olathe, Kansas facility is located approximately eight miles southwest of our main office and opened in 1994. 
The Shawnee, Kansas banking facility is approximately 17 miles northwest of our headquarters location. We entered into the Shawnee market in 
1999 and in the first quarter of 2001, construction of our freestanding banking facility in Shawnee was completed and operations commenced in 
that facility. The Leawood, Kansas banking facility is approximately four miles southeast of our headquarters location. We entered into the 
Leawood market in 2002 and in the second quarter of 2004, construction of our freestanding banking facility in Leawood was completed and 
operations commenced in that facility. During 2003 we acquired an office building in Overland Park, Kansas approximately one mile northwest of 
our headquarters location. At this location, we consolidated our mortgage operations, bank operations, and opened a banking facility. The 
banking facility was subsequently closed and consolidated into the main bank in November 2008. During 2010, our mortgage operation was 
consolidated into the main bank and the Company listed the office building for lease or possible sale. The Lenexa, Kansas banking facility is 
approximately seven miles northwest of our headquarters location. The Lenexa facility was opened in February 2007 when we acquired Unison 
Bancorp, Inc., and its subsidiary, Western National Bank. The Company made this acquisition to continue its expansion in Johnson County and to 
establish the Company’s first presence in the Lenexa market.  

Lending Activities  
Overview. Our principal loan categories include commercial, commercial real estate, construction, home equity and residential real estate loans. We 
also offer a variety of equipment financing and consumer loans. Our primary source of interest income is interest earned on our loan portfolio. As 
of December 31, 2011, our loans represented approximately 67.06% of our total assets, our legal lending limit to any one borrower was $19.3 million, 
and our largest single borrower as of that date had outstanding loans of $15.4 million.  

The ability of financial institutions, including us, to originate loans has been substantially reduced due to current economic conditions. However, 
the Company continues to look for lending opportunities within our community. Our staff has significant experience in lending and has been 
successful in offering our products to both potential and existing customers. We believe our staff is attentive to our customers’ financial needs 
and develops professional relationships with our customers. We strive to become a strategic business partner, not just a source of funds.  

The Bank conducts its lending activities pursuant to the loan policies adopted by its Board of Directors. These policies currently require the 
approval of our loan committee of all commercial credits in excess of $1.5 million, all real estate credits in excess of $2.5 million, and all unsecured 
loans in excess of $300,000. The Bank’s policies delegate lending authority up to these amounts to an internal loan discount committee comprised 
of the Bank’s President and three senior loan management officers. Our management information systems and lending administration policies and 
procedures are designed to monitor lending activities sufficiently to mitigate the risk of noncompliance with the loan policies. The following table 
shows the composition of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2011.  

3  

  
Table of Contents 

LOAN PORTFOLIO  

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 

Total loans and leases 

Less allowance for loan losses 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 

As of December 31, 2011
Amount

Percent  

(In thousands)

  29.71% 
  35.12  
  11.04  
  13.61  
8.63  
0.52  
1.37  
  100.00% 

$ 130,398     
  154,109     
48,438     
59,750     
37,882     
2,268     
5,998     
  438,843     
13,189     
$ 425,654     

Commercial loans. As of December 31, 2011, approximately $130.4 million, or 29.71%, of our loan portfolio represented commercial loans. The Bank 
has developed a strong reputation in providing and servicing small business and commercial loans. The commercial portfolio is the result of the 
efforts of seasoned commercial lending staff, their business development efforts and our reputation. Commercial loans have historically been a 
significant portion of our loan portfolio and we expect to continue our emphasis on this loan category.  

The Bank’s commercial lending activities traditionally have been directed to small and medium-sized companies in or near Johnson County, 
Kansas, with annual sales generally between $100,000 and $20 million. The Bank’s commercial customers are largely firms engaged in 
manufacturing, service, retail, construction, and distribution with significant operations in our market areas. The Bank’s commercial loans are 
generally secured by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, and real estate, and the Bank generally seeks to obtain personal guarantees for its 
commercial loans. The Bank underwrites its commercial loans on the basis of the borrowers’ cash flow and ability to service the debt, as well as the 
value of any underlying collateral and the financial strength of any guarantors.  

Included in commercial loans are Small Business Administration (SBA) loans which totaled approximately $5.7 million, or 4.40% of commercial 
loans at December 31, 2011. Of the $5.7 million in SBA loans, $4.3 million was government guaranteed. The SBA guarantees the repayment in the 
event of a default of a portion of the principal on these loans, plus accrued interest on the guaranteed portion of the loan. Under the Federal Small 
Business Act, the SBA may guarantee up to 85% of qualified loans of $150,000 or less and up to 75% of qualified loans in excess of $150,000, up to 
a maximum loan amount of $5.0 million to any one borrower. The Bank is approved to participate in the SBA Certified Lender, SBA Express and 
Patriot Express Programs and is an active SBA lender in our market area.  

Commercial lending is subject to risks specific to the business of each borrower. In order to address these risks, the Bank seeks to understand the 
business of each borrower, place appropriate value on any collateral pledged to secure the loan or personal guarantee, and structure the loan 
amortization to maintain the value of any collateral during the term of the loan.  

Commercial real estate loans. The Bank also makes loans to provide permanent financing for retail and office buildings, hotels and churches. As 
of December 31, 2011, approximately $154.1 million, or 35.12%, of our loan portfolio represented commercial real estate loans. Our commercial real 
estate loans are underwritten on the basis of the appraised value of the property, the cash flow of the underlying property, and the financial 
strength of any guarantors.  

Risks inherent in commercial real estate lending are related to the market value of the property taken as collateral, the underlying cash flows and 
documentation. Commercial real estate lending involves more risk than residential real estate lending because loan balances may be greater, there 
are fewer alternative uses for the property, and repayment is dependent on the borrower’s operations. We attempt to mitigate these risks by 
carefully assessing property values, investigating the source of cash flow servicing the loan on the property and adhering to our lending and 
underwriting policies and procedures.  

4  

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
Table of Contents 

Construction loans. Our construction loans include loans to developers, home building contractors and other companies and consumers for the 
construction of single-family and multi-family properties, land development, and commercial buildings, such as retail and office buildings. As of 
December 31, 2011, approximately $48.4 million, or 11.04%, of our loan portfolio represented real estate construction loans. The builder and 
developer loan portfolio has been a consistent component of our loan portfolio over our history. The Bank’s experience and reputation in this area 
has enabled the Bank to focus on relationships with a smaller number of larger builders. Construction loans are made to qualified builders to build 
houses to be sold following construction, pre-sold houses and model houses. These loans are generally underwritten based on several factors, 
including the experience and current financial condition of the borrowing entity, amount of the loan to appraised value, and general conditions of 
the housing market with respect to the subdivision and surrounding area obtained from a third party reporting entity. Construction loans are also 
made to individuals for houses that are being constructed by builders with whom the Bank generally has an existing relationship. Such loans are 
made on the basis of the individual’s financial condition, the loan to value ratio, the reputation of the builder, and whether the individual will be 
pre-qualified for permanent financing. During the last three years, the Bank has experienced a decline in construction loans originated, specifically 
in residential real estate construction and land development, as a result of the continued decline in the real estate industry and the continued slow 
down in new housing construction.  

Risks related to construction lending include assessment of the market for the finished product, reasonableness of the construction budget, ability 
of the borrower to fund cost overruns, and the borrower’s ability to liquidate and repay the loan at a point when the loan-to-value ratio is the 
greatest. The Bank seeks to manage these risks by, among other things, ensuring that the collateral value of the property throughout the 
construction process does not fall below acceptable levels, ensuring that funds disbursed are within parameters set by the original construction 
budget, and properly documenting each construction draw.  

Home equity loans. As of December 31, 2011, our home equity loans totaled $59.7 million, or 13.61%, of our total loan portfolio. Home equity loans 
are generally secured by second liens on residential real estate. Home equity loans are subject to the same risks as other loans to individuals, 
including the financial strength and employment stability of the borrower. The Bank attempts to mitigate these risks by carefully verifying and 
documenting the borrower’s credit quality, employment stability, monthly income, and understanding and documenting the value of the collateral.  

Residential real estate loans. Our residential real estate loan portfolio consists primarily of first and second mortgage loans on residential 
properties. As of December 31, 2011, $37.9 million, or 8.63%, of our loan portfolio consisted of residential mortgage loans. The terms of these loans 
typically include 3 to 7 year balloon payments based on a 15 to 30 year amortization, and accrue interest at a fixed or variable rate. By offering these 
products, we can offer credit to individuals who are self-employed or have significant income from partnerships or investments. These individuals 
are often unable to satisfy the underwriting criteria permitting the sale of their mortgages into the secondary market.  

In addition, we originate residential mortgage loans with the intention of selling these loans in the secondary market. During 2011, we originated 
approximately $66.0 million of residential mortgage loans held for sale, and we sold approximately $68.7 million in the secondary market. We 
originate conventional first mortgage loans through referrals from real estate brokers, builders, developers, prior customers and media advertising, 
as well as through our internet website, InternetMortgage.com. The origination of a mortgage loan from the date of initial application through 
closing normally takes 15 to 60 days. To reduce interest rate risk on mortgage loans sold in the secondary market, we acquire forward commitments 
from investors prior to loan closing.  

Our mortgage loan credit review process is consistent with the standards set by traditional secondary market sources. The lender reviews the 
appraised value, credit report, debt service ratios, and gathers data during the underwriting process in accordance with various laws and 
regulations governing real estate lending. Loans originated by the Bank are sold with servicing released to maximize per loan profits while 
minimizing the risks and costs associated with retaining servicing rights. Commitments are obtained from the purchasing investor on a loan-by-
loan basis on a 30, 45 or 60-day delivery commitment. Interest rates are generally committed to the borrower when a rate commitment  

5  

  
Table of Contents 

is obtained from the investor. Loans are funded by the Bank and purchased by the investor within 30-45 days following closing pursuant to 
commitments obtained from the investor. We sell conventional FHA, VA, USDA conforming and jumbo loans that are available to the Bank via the 
various secondary market investors for cash on a limited recourse basis. In our recent experience, we have not been asked to repurchase 
significant amounts of loans. The Bank repurchased one loan during 2011 and did not repurchase any loans in 2010. Consequently, foreclosure 
losses on all sold loans are primarily the responsibility of the investor and not that of the Bank.  

As with other loans to individuals, the risks related to residential mortgage loans primarily include the value of the underlying property and the 
financial strength and employment stability of the borrower. We attempt to manage these risks by performing a pre-funding underwriting that 
consists of the verification of employment and utilizes a detailed checklist of loan qualification requirements, including the source and amount of 
down payments, bank accounts, existing debt and overall credit.  

Lease financing. Our lease portfolio includes capital leases that we have originated and leases that we have acquired from brokers or third parties. 
As of December 31, 2011, our lease portfolio totaled $2.3 million, or 0.52%, of our total loan portfolio. We provide lease financing for a variety of 
equipment and machinery, including office equipment, heavy equipment, telephone systems, tractor trailers and computers. Lease terms are 
generally from three to five years. We have provided lease financing in the past and will continue to do so for our customers. However, we do not 
expect to pursue lease financing unless the lessor maintains an ongoing relationship with the Bank through participation in other Bank product 
offerings. As a result of a reduction in force in our leasing department during 2008, we expect the lease portfolio to continue to decrease over time. 
Our leases are generally underwritten based on several factors, including the overall credit worthiness, experience and current financial condition 
of the lessee, the amount of the financing to collateral value, and general conditions of the market.  

The primary risks related to our lease portfolio are the value of the underlying collateral and specific risks related to the business of each borrower. 
To address these risks, we attempt to understand the business of each borrower, value the underlying collateral appropriately and structure the 
loan amortization to ensure that the value of the collateral exceeds the lease balance during the term of the lease.  

Consumer loans. As of December 31, 2011, our consumer loans totaled $6.0 million, or 1.37% of our total loan portfolio. A substantial part of this 
amount consisted of installment loans to individuals in our market area. Installment lending offered directly by the Bank in our market area includes 
automobile loans, recreational vehicle loans, home improvement loans, unsecured lines of credit and other loans to individuals. A portion of the 
Bank’s consumer loan portfolio consists of indirect automobile loans offered through automobile dealerships located primarily in our trade area. 
As of December 31, 2011, approximately $308,000, or 5.14%, of the Bank’s consumer loan portfolio represented indirect automobile loans. The 
Bank’s loans made to individuals through this program generally represent loans to purchase new or late model automobiles. The Bank’s 
consumer and other loans are underwritten based on the borrower’s income, current debt, past credit history, collateral, and the reputation of the 
originating dealership with respect to indirect automobile loans.  

Consumer loans are subject to the same risks as other loans to individuals, including the financial strength and employment stability of the 
borrower. In addition, some consumer loans are subject to the additional risk that the loan is unsecured. For loans that are secured, the underlying 
collateral may be rapidly depreciating and may not provide an adequate source of repayment if we are required to repossess the collateral. The 
Bank attempts to mitigate these risks by requiring a down payment and carefully verifying and documenting the borrower’s credit quality, 
employment stability, monthly income, and with respect to indirect automobile loans, understanding and documenting the value of the collateral 
and the reputation of the originating dealership.  

6  

  
Table of Contents 

Investment Activities  

The objectives of our investment policies are to:  

•

•

•

•

  secure the safety of principal;  
  provide adequate liquidity;  
  provide securities for use in pledging for public funds or repurchase agreements; and  
  maximize after-tax income.  

The Company invests primarily in obligations of agencies of the United States. Although direct obligations of the United States, obligations 
guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States, mortgage-backed securities and bank-qualified obligations of state and local political 
subdivisions are permitted by our investment policy, we currently do not hold any in our portfolio. In order to ensure the safety of principal, the 
Company does not invest in sub-prime mortgages and typically does not invest in corporate debt or other securities even though they are 
permitted by our investment policy. In addition, we enter into federal funds transactions with our principal correspondent banks, and depending 
on our liquidity position, act as a net seller or purchaser of these funds. The sale of federal funds is effectively a short-term loan from us to another 
bank; while conversely, the purchase of federal funds is effectively a short-term loan from another bank to us.  

Deposit Services  
The principal sources of funds for the Bank are core deposits from the local market areas surrounding the Bank’s banking centers, including 
demand deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, money market accounts, savings deposits and time deposits. Transaction accounts 
include interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing accounts, which provide the Bank with a source of fee income, a low-cost source of funds and 
cross-marketing opportunities. Since 2001, the Bank has realized deposit growth from commercial checking accounts. While these accounts do not 
earn interest, many of them receive an earnings credit on their average balance to offset the cost of other services provided by the Bank. The 
Bank’s Performance Checking product has proven to be an attractive product in our market area as it pays a higher rate than most checking 
accounts as long as the customer meets the requirements of at least 12 signature based debit card transactions and at least one direct deposit or 
ACH debit each statement qualification cycle. In February 2011, the Bank introduced the Ultimate Checking product which has also been an 
attractive product in our market area. The Ultimate Checking product is an interest-bearing demand product that pays a higher tiered rate of 
interest based on the dollar amount of signature based debit card transactions and the customer must have at least one direct deposit or ACH 
debit each statement qualification and be enrolled in e-statements. The Bank realizes non-interest income from the signature based debit card 
transactions that, when netted against the high rate paid to the customer, results in a very attractive cost of funds for the Bank. The Bank also 
offers a money market account which is a daily access account that bears a tiered rate of interest and allows for limited check-writing ability. We 
believe transaction and money market accounts to be a stable source of funding for the Bank and provide us with the potential to cross-sell 
additional services to these account holders.  

Time deposits and savings accounts also provide a relatively stable customer base and source of funding. Due to the nature and behavior of these 
deposit products, management reviews and analyzes our pricing strategy in comparison not only to competitor rates, but also as compared to 
other alternative funding sources. In setting deposit rates, management also considers profitability, the matching of term lengths with assets, the 
attractiveness to customers, and rates offered by our competitors. The Bank is a member of the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service 
(“CDARS”) which effectively gives depositors Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance on amounts of certificate of deposits 
greater than FDIC insurance coverage, which is currently $250,000. CDARS allows the Bank to break large deposits into smaller amounts and place 
them in a network of other CDARS banks to ensure that full FDIC insurance coverage is gained on the entire deposit. The Bank’s Funds 
Management policy allows for acceptance of brokered deposits excluding CDARS, up to 20% of total deposits, which can be utilized to support 
the growth of the Bank. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank had $10.1 million in brokered deposits excluding deposits in the CDARS program, or 
2.07% of total deposits. The Bank had $24.4 million of customer funds placed into the CDARS program at December 31, 2011.  

7  

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Trust Services  
The Bank began offering trust services in 1996. Until 1999, the Bank’s trust services were offered exclusively through the employees of an 
unaffiliated trust company. The Bank hired a full-time officer in 1999 to develop the Bank’s trust business and the trust department now has three 
full-time officers. Trust services are marketed to both existing Bank customers and new customers. We believe that the ability to offer trust 
services as a part of our financial services to customers of the Bank presents a significant cross-marketing opportunity. The services currently 
offered by the Bank’s trust department include the administration of personal trusts, investment management agency accounts, self-directed 
individual retirement accounts, qualified retirement plans, corporate trust accounts and custodial trust accounts. As of December 31, 2011, the 
Bank’s trust department administered 258 accounts, with assets under administration of approximately $129.6 million. Trust services provide the 
Bank with a source of fee income and additional deposits. In 2011, the amount of our gross fee income from trust services was $527,000.  

Investment Brokerage Services  
In 1999, the Bank began offering investment brokerage services through an unrelated broker-dealer. These services are currently offered at all of 
our locations. Four individuals responsible for providing these services are joint employees of the Bank and the registered broker-dealer. As of 
December 31, 2011, the Bank’s investment brokerage services had assets under administration of approximately $80.5 million. Investment brokerage 
services provide a source of fee income for the Bank. In 2011, the amount of our fee income generated from investment brokerage services was 
$387,000.  

Competition  
The Bank encounters competition primarily in seeking deposits and in obtaining loan customers. The level of competition for deposits in our 
market area is high. Our principal competitors for deposits are other financial institutions within a few miles of our locations including other banks, 
savings institutions and credit unions. Competition among these institutions is based primarily on interest rates offered, the quality of service 
provided, and the convenience of banking facilities. Additional competition for depositors’ funds comes from U.S. government securities, private 
issuers of debt obligations and other providers of investment alternatives for depositors.  

The Bank competes in our lending, investment brokerage and trust activities with other financial institutions, such as banks and thrift institutions, 
credit unions, automobile financing companies, mortgage companies, securities firms, investment companies and other finance companies. Many 
of our competitors are not subject to the same extensive federal regulations that govern bank holding companies and federally-insured banks and 
state regulations governing state-chartered banks. As a result, these non-bank competitors have some advantages over the Bank in providing 
certain products and services. Many of the financial institutions with which we compete are larger and possess greater financial resources, name 
recognition and market presence.  

Trademarks  
As of December 31, 2011 the Bank had the following registered trademarks:  

Bank of Blue Valley  
DEPOSIT I.T.  
INTERNETMORTGAGE.COM  

Employees  
At December 31, 2011, the Bank had approximately 173 total employees, with 162 full-time employees. The Company and its other subsidiaries do 
not have any employees. None of the Bank’s employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We consider the Bank’s relationship 
with its employees to be excellent.  

8  

  
Table of Contents 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant  
For each of our directors and our executive officers, we have set forth below their ages as of December 31, 2011, and their principal positions.  

Name
Directors

Robert D. Regnier

Donald H. Alexander
Michael J. Brown
Robert D. Taylor

Additional Directors of the Bank

Harvey S. Bodker
Richard L. Bond
Suzanne E. Dotson
Charles H. Hunter

Executive Officers who are not Directors

Mark A. Fortino

Bruce A. Easterly
Bonnie M. McConnaughy

   Age  

Positions

63

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of 
Directors of Blue Valley Ban Corp.; President, Chief Executive 
Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Bank

   73    Director of Blue Valley Ban Corp. and the Bank
   55    Director of Blue Valley Ban Corp.

64

Director of Blue Valley Ban Corp. and Chairman of the Audit 
Committee of Blue Valley Ban Corp.

   76    Director of the Bank
   76    Director of the Bank
   65    Director of the Bank
   69    Director of the Bank

45

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank; 
Chief Financial Officer of Blue Valley Ban Corp.

   52    Executive Vice President – Chief Lending Officer of the Bank
Senior Vice President – Deposit Operations and e-Business 
Solutions of the Bank

52

Available Information  
Our website address is http://www.bankbv.com. Information included or referred to on our website is not incorporated by reference in or otherwise 
a part of this report. Financial information, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and amendments to those 
reports can be obtained free of charge from our website. These reports are available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they 
are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These reports are also available on the SEC’s website at 
http://www.sec.gov.  

Regulation and Supervision  
The Company and its subsidiaries are extensively regulated under both federal and state laws. Laws and regulations to which the Company and 
the Bank are subject govern, among other things, the scope of business, investments, reserve levels, capital levels relative to operations, the 
nature and amount of collateral for loans, the establishment of branches, mergers and consolidations and the payment of dividends. These laws 
and regulations are intended primarily to protect depositors, not stockholders. Any change in applicable laws or regulations may have a material 
effect on the Company’s business and prospects, and legislative and policy changes may affect the Company’s operations. The Company cannot 
predict the nature or the extent of the effects on its business and earnings that fiscal or monetary policies, economic controls or new federal or 
state legislation may have in the future.  

9  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

The following references to statutes and regulations affecting the Company and the Bank are brief summaries only and do not purport to be 
complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual statutes and regulations.  

Applicable Legislation  
The enactment of the legislation described below has affected the banking industry generally and will have an on-going effect on Blue Valley Ban 
Corp. and its subsidiaries.  

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-
Frank Act”) was signed into law on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act resulted in sweeping changes in the regulation of financial institutions 
aimed at strengthening the sound operation of the financial services sector. The Dodd-Frank Act provides for the following, among other 
provisions:  
•

  Establishes a new oversight regulator, the Financial Stability Oversight Council, to monitor the financial system for systemic risk and 
to determine which entities pose significant risk, as well as monitor financial regulatory proposals and standards.  
  Centralizes responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, with 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

broad powers to enforce consumer protection laws and ensure that markets for consumer financial products and services are fair, 
transparent and competitive.  
  Amends Sarbanes-Oxley Act 404(b) to make permanent the temporary exemption for smaller reporting companies (filers with less than 
$75 million in market cap – Blue Valley Ban Corp. is a smaller reporting company) to comply with the independent auditor attestation 
requirement on the company’s evaluation of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting.  
  Changes the assessment base for FDIC insurance assessments from the amount of total domestic deposits to average consolidated 
total assets less average tangible equity (Tier 1 Capital) and sets a target size for the Deposit Insurance Fund.  
  Permanently increases the FDIC deposit insurance per depositor from $100,000 to $250,000 and provides unlimited deposit coverage for 
non-interest bearing transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions until December 31, 2012.  
  Repeals the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thus permitting depository institutions to pay interest 
on business transactions and other accounts.  
  Requires the Federal Reserve to issue rules to limit the amount of any debit card interchange fee that an issuer may receive or charge 
with respect to electronic debit card transactions to be reasonable and proportional to the cost incurred by the issuer with respect to 
the transaction. Cards issued by banks with less than $10 billion in assets are to be exempt from this requirement, thus Blue Valley Ban 
Corp. would be exempt from this requirement.  
  Implements corporate governance revisions for public companies, including proxy access requirements for stockholders and 
stockholder non-binding vote on executive compensation and “golden parachute’ payments.  
  Restricts the ability of banks to apply trust preferred securities toward regulatory capital requirements. However, Tier 1 Capital 

treatment for trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010 is grandfathered for bank holding companies with less than $15 
billion in total assets. Blue Valley Ban Corp.’s trust preferred issuances are grandfathered under this provision.  
  Mortgage reform and anti-predatory lending provision places new regulations on mortgage originators to ensure a borrower’s ability 
to repay and imposes new disclosure requirements and appraisal reforms.  

10  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

The specific impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our current activities and our financial performance will depend on the manner in which the relevant 
agencies develop and implement required rules and the reaction of market participants to these regulatory developments. Many provisions of the 
Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, thus making it difficult to assess the overall financial impact on 
us, our customers or the financial industry.  

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “ARRA”) was signed into 
law on February 19, 2009. The ARRA includes a wide variety of programs intended to create jobs and promote investment and consumer spending 
during the recession. In addition, the ARRA imposes certain executive compensation and corporate expenditure limits on all Troubled Asset Relief 
Program (the “TARP”) participants for the duration of the period that the U.S. Treasury Department holds any equity or debt position in the 
company under the Capital Purchase Plan Program. The ARRA requires the following:  

•

•

•

•

  Bonus, incentive compensation, and retention payments made to the Senior Executive Officers and the next 20 most highly 

compensated employees are subject to recovery or “clawback” by the Company if the payments were based on materially inaccurate 
financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;  
  Prohibits paying any “golden parachute” payment to any Senior Executive Officer or any of the next five most-highly compensated 

employees, generally meaning any payment in the nature of compensation to (or for the benefit of) an executive officer made in 
connection with an applicable severance from employment other than compensation earned for services rendered or accrued benefits;  
  Prohibits paying or accruing any bonus, retention award or incentive compensation to the most highly compensated employee, except 
for awards of long-term restricted stock that have a value equal to no greater than one-third of such executive’s annual compensation 
and do not fully vest during the restricted period; and  
  Review of bonuses, retention awards, and other compensation paid to the Senior Executive Officers and the next 20 most-highly 

compensated employees to determine whether any such payments were inconsistent with the purposes of the TARP or otherwise 
against public interest.  

The ARRA also sets forth additional corporate governance obligations for TARP recipients. These additional obligations include: (i) semi-annual 
meetings of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (comprised entirely of independent directors) to discuss and evaluate 
employee compensation plans in light of an assessment of any risk posed from such compensation plans; (ii) company-wide policies regarding 
excessive or luxury expenditures; (iii) non-binding stockholder say on pay proposals to be included in proxy materials; and (iv) written 
certifications by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer with respect to compliance with the compensation requirements of the ARRA. 
The ARRA amends the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act to require a financial institution’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer 
to annually certify that the financial institution is in compliance with the compensation requirements of the ARRA.  

Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008. The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) was signed into law on 
October 3, 2008. This legislation was principally designed to allow the U.S. Treasury Department (the “Treasury”) and other government agencies 
to take action to restore liquidity and stability to the U.S. financial system. This legislation authorized the Treasury through the Troubled Asset 
Relief Program (the “TARP”) to purchase from financial institutions and their holding companies up to $700 billion in mortgage loans and certain 
other financial assets, including debt and equity securities issued by financial institutions and their holding companies. The Treasury allocated 
$250 billion to the TARP Capital Purchase Plan program (the “CPP”). The CPP was designed to attract broad participation by healthy institutions, 
to stabilize the financial system, and to increase lending for the benefit of the U.S. economy. As part of the CPP, the Treasury purchased debt and 
equity securities from participating institutions. Qualified participants could sell an equity interest to the Treasury up to 3% of its risk-weighted 
assets. These equity instruments constitute Tier 1 Capital for eligible institutions. The Company’s Board of Directors approved the Company’s 
participation in the program, and the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms on December 5, 2008. Pursuant to 
the agreement, the Company  

11  

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

issued and sold to the Treasury 21,750 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, along with a ten year warrant to purchase 
111,083 shares of the Company’s common stock, for a total cash price of $21.75 million. Under the terms of the CPP, the Company is prohibited, 
without the consent of the Treasury, from declaring or paying a common stock dividend in an amount greater than the amount of the last quarterly 
cash dividend per share declared prior to October 14, 2008. Furthermore, as long as the preferred stock issued to the Treasury is outstanding, 
dividend payments and repurchases or redemptions relating to certain equity securities are prohibited until all accrued and unpaid dividends are 
paid on preferred stock, subject to certain limited exceptions. For additional information, see the liquidity and capital resources section under 
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.  

As part of the EESA, the FDIC established the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program which was designed to encourage confidence and liquidity 
in the banking system. The program has two primary components, the Debt Guarantee Program and Transaction Account Guarantee Program. 
Eligible entities generally are participants unless they exercise an opt-out right in a timely manner.  

Under the Debt Guarantee Program, the FDIC guaranteed certain senior unsecured debt of eligible banks, thrifts and certain holding companies 
issued on or after October 14, 2008 through June 30, 2009. The debt guarantee coverage limit was generally 125% of an eligible entity’s eligible 
debt as of September 30, 2008, with a nonrefundable fee of 75 basis points (annualized) for covered debt outstanding. The guarantee was originally 
effective through the earlier of the maturity date or on June 30, 2012. Under a four month extension of the program approved May 2009, 
participating entities that issued debt on or before April 1, 2009 were permitted to participate in the extended program without application to the 
FDIC and participating entities that had not issued such debt before April 1, 2009 could upon approval from the FDIC. As a result, all such 
participating entities were permitted to issue FDIC-guaranteed debt until October 31, 2009, which would be guaranteed through the earlier of 
mandatory conversion date, maturity date, or December 31, 2012. The FDIC has also established a limited six-month emergency facility. Under this 
facility, participating entities could apply to issue FDIC guaranteed senior unsecured debt during the period October 31, 2009 through April 30, 
2010 to be guaranteed through December 31, 2012. For approved applicants, fees of at least 300 basis points would be assigned on case-by-case 
basis. The Company and the Bank opted to not participate in the Debt Guarantee Program.  

The Transaction Account Guarantee Program provided full coverage of non-interest bearing transaction accounts at participating insured 
depository institutions, regardless of the dollar amount. The Transaction Account Guarantee Program originally was effective through 
December 31, 2009. This program was extended through December 31, 2010 if opted by the participating entity. Financial institutions participating 
in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program were assessed a fee of ten basis points (annualized) on the balance of each covered account in 
excess of $250,000 through December 31, 2009 and fees of 15 to 25 basis points (annualized) on the balance of each covered account in excess of 
$250,000 through December 31, 2010 depending on the risk category assigned to the institution. The Bank was a participant in the Transaction 
Account Guarantee Program. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, unlimited deposit coverage for non-interest bearing accounts will be provided at 
all insured depository institutions starting January 1, 2011 until December 31, 2012.  

USA PATRIOT Act. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 
2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) was signed into law on October 26, 2001. This legislation enhances the powers of domestic law enforcement 
organizations and makes numerous other changes aimed at countering the international terrorist threat to the security of the United States. Title III 
of the legislation most directly affects the financial services industry. It is intended to enhance the federal government’s ability to fight money 
laundering by monitoring currency transactions and suspicious financial activities. The USA PATRIOT Act has significant implications for 
depository institutions involved in the transfer of money. Under the USA PATRIOT Act, a financial institution must establish due diligence 
policies, procedures, and controls reasonably designed to detect and report money laundering through correspondent accounts and private 
banking accounts. Financial institutions must follow regulations adopted by the Treasury to encourage financial institutions, their regulatory 
authorities, and law enforcement authorities to share information about individuals, entities, and organizations engaged in or suspected of 
engaging in terrorist acts or money laundering activities. Financial institutions must follow regulations setting forth minimum standards regarding 
customer identification. These regulations require financial institutions to implement reasonable procedures for verifying the identity of any 
person seeking to open an account, maintain records of the information used to verify the person’s identity, and consult lists  

12  

  
Table of Contents 

of known or suspected terrorists and terrorist organizations provided to the financial institution by government agencies. Every financial 
institution must establish anti-money laundering programs, including the development of internal policies and procedures, designation of a 
compliance officer, employee training, and an independent audit function.  

Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, signed into law in 2001, addresses issues related to corporate governance of publicly traded 
companies. Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other items, certification of the quality of financial reporting by the Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer, enhanced and timely disclosure of financial reporting and it strengthens the rules regarding auditor and audit committee 
independence. Certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act were effective immediately and others became effective or are in process of becoming 
effective through Securities and Exchange Commission rules. The Company was subject to all provisions during 2009 with the exception of the 
auditor’s attestation on internal control over financial reporting. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company is now exempt from the auditor’s 
attestation on internal control over financial reporting. The Company anticipates continued future expenditures in order to comply with the 
provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act was signed into law on November 12, 1999. This major banking legislation expands the 
permissible activities of bank holding companies by permitting them to engage in activities, or affiliate with entities that engage in activities, that 
are “financial in nature.” Activities that the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act expressly deems to be financial in nature include, among other things, 
securities and insurance underwriting and agency, investment management and merchant banking. The Federal Reserve and the U.S. Treasury 
Department, in cooperation with one another, determine what additional activities are “financial in nature.” With certain exceptions, the Gramm-
Leach-Bliley Act similarly expands the authorized activities of subsidiaries of national banks. The provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act 
authorizing the expanded powers became effective March 11, 2000.  

Bank holding companies that intend to engage in activities that are “financial in nature” must elect to become “financial holding companies.” 
Financial holding company status is only available to a bank holding company if all of its affiliated depository institutions are “well capitalized” 
and “well managed,” based on applicable banking regulations, and have a Community Reinvestment Act rating of at least “a satisfactory record of 
meeting community credit needs.” Financial holding companies and banks may continue to engage in activities that are financial in nature only if 
they continue to satisfy the well capitalized and well managed requirements. Bank holding companies that do not elect to be financial holding 
companies or that do not qualify for financial holding company status may engage only in non-banking activities deemed “closely related to 
banking” prior to adoption of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The Company voluntarily terminated its status as a financial holding company in June 
2008 as the Company was no longer engaged in activities pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act.  

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act also calls for “functional regulation” of financial services businesses in which functionally regulated subsidiaries of 
bank holding companies will continue to be regulated by the regulator that ordinarily has supervised their activities. As a result, state insurance 
regulators will continue to oversee the activities of insurance companies and agencies, and the Securities and Exchange Commission will continue 
to regulate the activities of broker-dealers and investment advisers, even where the companies or agencies are affiliated with a bank holding 
company. Federal Reserve authority to examine and adopt rules regarding functionally regulated subsidiaries is limited.  

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act imposed an “affirmative and continuing” obligation on all financial service providers (not just banks and their 
affiliates) to safeguard consumer privacy and requires federal and state regulators, including the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, to establish 
standards to implement this privacy obligation. With certain exceptions, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act prohibits banks from disclosing to non-
affiliated parties any non-public personal information about customers unless the bank has provided the customer with certain information and the 
customer has had the opportunity to prohibit the bank from sharing the information with non-affiliates. The new privacy obligations became 
effective July 1, 2001.  

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act has been and may continue to be the subject of extensive rule making by federal banking regulators and others.  

13  

  
Table of Contents 

Bank Holding Company Regulation  
The Company is a registered bank holding company subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve and required to file periodic reports of 
its operations and such additional information as the Federal Reserve may require.  

Investments and Activities. A bank holding company must obtain approval from the Federal Reserve before:  

•

•

•

  Acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after the 
acquisition, it would own or control more than 5% of the shares of the bank or bank holding company (unless it already owns or 
controls the majority of the shares);  
  Acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or  
  Merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.  

The Federal Reserve will not approve any acquisition, merger or consolidation that would have a substantially anticompetitive result unless the 
anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by a greater public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of 
the community to be served. The Federal Reserve also considers capital adequacy and other financial and managerial factors in reviewing 
acquisitions or mergers.  

With certain exceptions, a bank holding company is also prohibited from:  

•

•

  Acquiring or retaining direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank 
or bank holding company; and  
  Engaging, directly or indirectly, in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to 
banks and their subsidiaries.  

Bank holding companies may, however, engage in businesses found by the Federal Reserve to be “financial in nature,” as described above. 
Finally, subject to certain exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act, the Change in Bank Control Act, and the Federal Reserve’s implementing 
regulations, require Federal Reserve approval prior to any acquisition of “control” of a bank holding company, such as Blue Valley Ban Corp. In 
general, a person or company is presumed to have acquired control if it acquires 10% of the outstanding shares of a bank or bank holding 
company and is conclusively determined to have acquired control if it acquires 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a bank or bank holding 
company.  

Source of Strength. The Federal Reserve expects the Company to act as a source of financial strength and support for the Bank and to take 
measures to preserve and protect the Bank in situations where additional investments in the Bank may not otherwise be warranted. The Federal 
Reserve may require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or relinquish control of a non-bank subsidiary (other than a non-bank 
subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve’s determination that the activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or 
stability of any subsidiary depository institution of the bank holding company. Further, federal bank regulatory authorities have additional 
discretion to require a bank holding company to divest itself of any bank or non-bank subsidiary if the agency determines that divestiture may aid 
the depository institution’s financial condition. As of December 31, 2011, BVBC Capital Trust II and BVBC Capital Trust III are the Company’s 
only active direct subsidiaries that are not banks.  

Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve uses capital adequacy guidelines in its examination and regulation of bank holding companies and 
banks. If the capital falls below minimum guideline levels, a bank holding company, among other things, may be denied approval to acquire or 
establish additional banks or non-bank businesses. The Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines establish a risk-based requirement expressed as a 
percentage of total risk-weighted assets and a leverage requirement expressed as a percentage of total average assets. The risk-based requirement 
consists of a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8%, of which at least one-half must be Tier 1 capital (which consists 
principally of stockholders’ equity with adjustments for disallowed deferred tax assets). The leverage requirement consists of a minimum ratio of 
Tier 1 capital to total average assets of 4%.  

14  

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

The risk-based and leverage standards presently used by the Federal Reserve are minimum requirements, and higher capital levels may be required 
if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual banking organizations. Further, any banking organization experiencing or 
anticipating significant growth would be expected to maintain capital ratios, including tangible capital positions, which is Tier 1 capital less all 
intangible assets, well above the minimum levels.  

Dividends. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement concerning the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies. The policy 
statement provides that a bank holding company experiencing earnings weaknesses should not pay cash dividends exceeding its net income or 
which could only be funded in ways that weakened the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. The Federal Reserve also 
possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe 
or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends 
by banks and bank holding companies. As a result of an agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank and the Office of the State Banking 
Commissioner of Kansas, prior regulatory approval is currently required prior to the payment of any dividends by the Company or Bank.  

Under the terms of the Capital Purchase Plan, for so long as any preferred stock issued under the CPP remains outstanding, the Company is 
prohibited from declaring or paying a common stock dividend in an amount greater than the amount of the last quarterly cash dividend per share 
declared prior to October 14, 2008 without the Treasury’s consent. Furthermore, as long as the preferred stock issued to the Treasury is 
outstanding, dividend payments and repurchases or redemptions relating to certain equity securities are prohibited until all accrued and unpaid 
dividends are paid on preferred stock, subject to certain limited exceptions. At the request of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, the 
Company notified the Treasury of its intention to defer the quarterly payment on the preferred shares due to the Treasury since May 15, 2009. 
Failure to pay the Preferred Share dividend is not an event of default. However, a failure to pay a total of six Preferred Share dividends, whether or 
not consecutive, gives the holders of the Preferred Shares the right to elect two directors to the Company’s Board of Directors. That right would 
continue until the Company pays all dividends in arrears. The dividend payment due August 15, 2010 was the sixth dividend payment deferred by 
the Company. At this time, the Treasury has not elected a director to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors; however, they have assigned an 
observer to attend the Company’s board meetings. The Company has accrued $3.2 million for the dividends and accrued interest and has every 
intention to bring the obligation current as soon as permitted. For additional information, see the liquidity and capital resources section under 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.  

Bank Regulations  
The Bank operates under a Kansas state bank charter and is subject to regulation by the Office of the State Bank Commissioner and the Federal 
Reserve Bank. The Office of the State Bank Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Bank regulate or monitor all areas of the Bank’s operations, 
including capital requirements, issuance of stock, declaration of dividends, interest rates, deposits, loans, investments, borrowings, record 
keeping, establishment of branches, acquisitions, mergers, information technology and employee responsibility and conduct. The Office of the 
State Bank Commissioner places limitations on activities of the Bank, including the issuance of capital notes or debentures and the holding of real 
estate and personal property, and requires the Bank to maintain a certain ratio of reserves against deposits. The Office of the State Bank 
Commissioner requires the Bank to file a report annually, in addition to any periodic report requested.  

The Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City as of 
November 4, 2009. This agreement was a result of an examination that was completed by the regulators in May 2009, and relates primarily to the 
Bank’s asset quality. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company and the Bank agreed, among other things, to submit an enhanced written 
plan to strengthen credit risk management practices and improve the Bank’s position on past due loans, classified loans, and other real estate 
owned; review and revise its allowance for loan and lease loss methodology and maintain an adequate allowance for loan loss; maintain sufficient 
capital at the Company and Bank level; and improve the Bank’s earnings and overall condition. The Company and Bank have also agreed not to 
increase or guarantee any debt, purchase or redeem any shares of stock, or declare or pay any dividends without prior written approval from the 
Federal Reserve Bank. The Company and the Bank have substantially complied with all terms of the written agreement.  

15  

  
Table of Contents 

Deposit Insurance. The FDIC, through its Deposit Insurance Fund, insures the Bank’s deposit accounts up to the applicable limits of the FDIC. 
The 2010 Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act permanently raised the current standard maximum deposit insurance 
amount to $250,000. The FDIC bases deposit insurance premiums on each FDIC-insured institution based on the perceived risk each bank presents 
to its Deposit Insurance Fund. Each institution is assigned to one of the four risk categories based on its capital, supervisory ratings and other 
factors. In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a new deposit insurance fund restoration plan to ensure the fund reaches 1.35% by September 30, 2020, 
as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the new restoration plan, the FDIC at least semi-annually will update its loss and income projections for 
the deposit insurance fund, and, if needed, will increase or decrease assessment rates, following notice-and commend rulemaking if required. In 
February 2011, the initial assessment rates along with the assessment base were adjusted effective April 1, 2011. This change effectively lowered 
the assessment rate ranges for each risk category. Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment rules, assessment rates range from 2.5 to 9 basis points 
for Risk Category I, 9 to 24 basis points for Risk Category II, 18 to 33 basis points for Risk Category III, and 30 to 45 basis points for Risk Category 
IV.  

In addition to deposit insurance premiums, institutions also pay an assessment based on insured deposits to service debt issued by the Financing 
Corporation (FICO assessment), a federal agency established to finance the recapitalization of the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance 
Corporation. For the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011, the annual rate for this assessment was 0.68 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits. 
FICO assessment rate is adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in the assessment bases of the fund and the rate adjusted to 0.66 basis points for the 
first quarter 2012. The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if the FDIC determines, after a hearing, that 
the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has 
violated any applicable law, regulation, order, or any condition imposed in writing by, or written agreement with, the FDIC. The FDIC may also 
suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for a permanent termination of insurance if the institution has no tangible 
capital. Management is not aware of any activity or condition that could result in termination of the deposit insurance of the Bank.  

Capital Requirements. The FDIC has established the following minimum capital standards for state-chartered, insured non-member banks, such as 
the Bank: (1) a leverage requirement consisting of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total average assets of 4%; and (2) a risk-based capital 
requirement consisting of a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8%, at least one-half of which must be Tier 1 capital. 
These capital requirements are minimum requirements, and higher capital levels may be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk 
profiles of individual institutions.  

Tier 1 capital generally consists of equity capital and non cumulative perpetual preferred stock, adjusted for such items as net unrealized gains 
(losses) on available-for-sale securities, disallowed deferred tax assets and disallowed servicing assets. Total risk-based capital consists of Tier 1 
capital (as defined above) plus allowance and loan losses up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and certain permanent and maturing 
capital instruments that do not qualify as Tier 1 capital.  

16  

  
Table of Contents 

The federal banking regulators also have broad power to take “prompt corrective action” to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. 
The extent of the regulators’ powers depends upon whether the institution in question is “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” 
“undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” Under the prompt corrective action rules, an institution is:  

•

  “Well capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or 

greater, and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater, and the institution is not subject to an order, written agreement, capital directive, or 
prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. Although the Company is 
subject to a written agreement, the written agreement does not contain any prompt corrective action directives to meet and maintain a 
specific capital level for any capital measure.  
  “Adequately capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or 
greater, and a leverage ratio of 4% or greater.  
  “Undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less 
than 4%, or a leverage ratio that is less than 4%.  
  “Significantly undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 
that is less than 3%, or a leverage ratio that is less than 3%.  
  “Critically undercapitalized” if the institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.  

•

•

•

•

As of December 31, 2011, the Bank had capital in excess of the regulatory requirements for a “well capitalized” institution.  

The federal banking regulators must take prompt corrective action with respect to capital deficient institutions. Depending upon the capital 
category to which an institution is assigned, the regulators’ corrective powers include:  

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

  Placing limits on asset growth and restrictions on activities, including the establishment of new branches;  
  Requiring the institution to issue additional capital stock (including additional voting stock) or to be acquired;  
  Restricting transactions with affiliates;  
  Restricting the interest rate the institution may pay on deposits;  
  Requiring that senior executive officers or directors be dismissed;  
  Requiring the institution to divest subsidiaries;  
  Prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; and  
  Appointing a receiver for the institution.  

Companies controlling an undercapitalized institution are also required to guarantee the subsidiary institution’s compliance with the capital 
restoration plan subject to an aggregate limitation of the lesser of 5% of the institution’s assets at the time it received notice that it was 
undercapitalized or the amount of the capital deficiency when the institution first failed to meet the plan. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act 
generally requires the appointment of a conservator or receiver within 90 days after an institution becomes critically undercapitalized.  

17  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. The Bank, having over $500 million in total assets, is subject to requirements of 
Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA 112). The primary purpose of FDICIA 112 is to provide a 
framework for early risk identification in financial management through an effective system of internal controls. Annual reporting requirements 
under FDICIA are as follows: (1) Annual audited financial statements; (2) Management report stating management’s responsibility for preparing 
the institution’s annual financial statements, establishing and maintaining an adequate internal control structure and procedures for financial 
reporting and for complying with laws and regulations, and assessment by management of the institution’s compliance with such laws and 
regulations; and (3) For insured depository institutions with consolidated total assets over $1.0 billion or more, the independent public accountant 
who audits the institution’s financial statements shall examine, attest to, and report separately on the assertion of management concerning the 
effectiveness of the institution’s internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting.  

Insider Transactions. The Bank is subject to restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal stockholders or any 
related interest of these persons. Extensions of credit must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral as the 
terms available for third parties and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. The Bank is 
also subject to lending limits and restrictions on overdrafts to these persons.  

Community Reinvestment Act Requirements. The Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) of 1977 requires that, in connection with examinations of 
financial institutions within their jurisdiction, the federal banking regulators must evaluate the record of the financial institutions in meeting the 
credit needs of their local communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of those 
banks. These factors are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility. In its most recent CRA 
examination dated July 26, 2010, the Bank received a rating of “Satisfactory.”  

State Bank Activities. With limited exceptions, FDIC-insured state banks, like the Bank, may not make or retain equity investments of a rate or in 
an amount that are not permissible for national banks and also may not engage as a principal in any activity that is not permitted for a national 
bank or its subsidiary, respectively, unless the bank meets, and continues to meet, its minimum regulatory capital requirements and the FDIC 
determines that the activity would not pose a significant risk to the deposit insurance fund of which the bank is a member.  

Regulations Governing Extensions of Credit. The Bank is subject to restrictions on extensions of credit to the Company and on investments in 
the Company’s securities and using those securities as collateral for loans. These regulations and restrictions may limit the Company’s ability to 
obtain funds from the Bank for its cash needs, including funds for acquisitions and for payment of dividends, interest and operating expenses. 
Further, the Bank Holding Company Act and Federal Reserve regulations prohibit a bank holding company and its subsidiaries from engaging in 
various tie-in arrangements in connection with extensions of credit, leases or sales of property or furnishing of services.  

Reserve Requirements. The Federal Reserve requires all depository institutions to maintain reserves against their transaction accounts. For net 
transaction accounts in 2012, the first $11.5 million, up from $10.7 million in 2011, is exempt from reserve requirements. A three percent reserve ratio 
will be assessed on net transaction accounts over $11.5 million up to and including $71.0 million, up from $58.8 million in 2011. A ten percent 
reserve ratio is assessed on net transaction accounts in excess of $71.0 million (subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve). The balances 
maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements.  

Other Regulations  

Interest and various other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and other federal laws concerning 
interest rates. The Bank’s loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions. The Federal Truth in Lending Act 
governs disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975 requires financial institutions to provide 
information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing 
needs of the community it serves. The Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors 
in extending credit. The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 governs the use and provision of information to credit reporting 
agencies. This act also requires financial  

18  

  
Table of Contents 

institutions to establish reasonable procedures of identifying identity theft. The Fair Debt Collection Act governs the manner in which consumer 
debts may be collected by collection agencies. The various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws 
have adopted various rules and regulations. The deposit operations of the Bank are also subject to the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which 
imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas 
of financial records, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve to implement that Act, which govern 
automatic deposits to and withdrawals from the use of ATMs and other electronic banking services.  

Item 1A:

Risk Factors 

An investment in securities issued by the Company is subject to risks inherent to our business. The risks and uncertainties described below are 
not the only risks that may have a material adverse effect on the Company and they are not necessarily presented in order of significance. 
Additional risks and uncertainties could also adversely affect the Company’s business and financial results. If any one or a combination of these 
risks occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected and the market price of the Company’s stock 
could decline. Further, to the extent that any of the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking 
statements, the risk factors set forth below also are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause the Company’s actual 
results to differ from those expressed in any forward-looking statements.  

Difficult market conditions have adversely affected the Company’s industry and may continue to affect the industry.  

We are particularly exposed to downturns in the U.S. real estate market. Dramatic declines over the past three years in the housing market, with 
falling home prices, increasing foreclosures, unemployment and under-employment, have negatively impacted the credit performance of real estate 
loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities, major commercial 
and investment banks, and regional financial institutions such as our Company. Many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased 
providing funding to borrowers, including to other financial institutions, as a result of the concern regarding the stability of the financial markets 
and the strength of counterparties. This market turmoil and tightening of credit have led to an increased level of commercial and consumer 
delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally. A continuation or 
worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial 
institutions industry, and could further negatively affect the Company’s financial results.  

Our loan portfolio is concentrated in real estate lending, which has made and will make our loan portfolio more susceptible to credit losses in 
the current real estate market.  

The new home real estate market in our geographic market area has declined. Our loan portfolio has a concentration in real estate construction, 
land development loans, and commercial real estate loans, most of which are located in our market area. We have a heightened exposure to credit 
losses that may arise from this concentration as a result of the downturn in the real estate market and general economy. As a result, our non-
performing assets and allowance for loan losses remained high during 2010 and 2011. If the current economic environment continues for a 
prolonged period of time or deteriorates further, collateral values may further decline and may result in increased credit losses in these loans and 
additional loan foreclosures.  

Current levels of market volatility.  

The capital and credit markets have been experiencing significant volatility and disruption over the last few years. In certain cases, this volatility 
has resulted in downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial 
strength. If current levels of market volatility and disruption continue or worsen, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse 
effect on our ability to access capital, if needed or desired, and on our business, financial condition and results of operation.  

19  

  
  
Table of Contents 

Our future ability to raise capital may be limited.  

Our ability to raise capital in the current economic and regulatory environment may be limited. During fiscal year 2008, we completed a rights 
offering in which we sold $5.2 million worth of our common stock to certain existing stockholders at a price of $18 per share. In addition to the 
rights offering in 2008, we participated in the U.S. Treasury’s CPP program. Through that program, Treasury purchased 21,750 shares of the 
Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A. This raised $21.75 million in additional capital. Should it become necessary 
to raise capital, opportunities to do so will not be as readily identifiable, and will likely be on less favorable terms than those previously available.  

The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive governmental regulation.  

The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive governmental regulation. The Company, as a bank holding company, is regulated primarily by 
the Federal Reserve Bank. The Bank is a commercial bank chartered by the State of Kansas and regulated by the Federal Reserve, the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Office of the State Banking Commissioner of Kansas (OSBC). These federal and state bank regulators have 
the ability, to place significant regulatory and operational restrictions upon the Company and the Bank. Any such restrictions imposed by federal 
and state bank regulators could affect the profitability of the Company and the Bank. The Company and the Bank entered into a written agreement 
in November 2009 with the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City. This agreement was a result of an examination that was completed by the 
regulators in May 2009, and relates primarily to asset quality. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company and the Bank agreed, among other 
things, to submit an enhanced written plan to strengthen credit risk management practice and improve the Bank’s position on past due loans, 
classified loans, and other real estate owned; review and revise its allowance for loan and lease loss methodology and maintain an adequate 
allowance for loan loss; maintain sufficient capital at the Company and Bank level; and improve the Bank’s earnings and overall condition. The 
Company and Bank have also agreed not to increase or guarantee any debt, purchase or redeem any shares or stock, or declare or pay any 
dividends without prior written approval from the Federal Reserve Bank. The Company and the Bank have substantially complied with all terms of 
the written agreement. If the Company and Bank are not able to continue to comply with the agreement, they could be subject to further regulatory 
enforcement action.  

If we are unable to pay our Preferred Shares dividend, the holder of the Preferred Shares may have additional rights.  

Under the Capital Purchase Plan, failure to pay the Preferred Shares dividend is not considered an event of default. However, a failure to pay a total 
of six Preferred Share dividends, whether or not consecutive, gives the holder of the Preferred Shares the right to elect two directors to the 
Company’s Board of Directors. That right would continue until the Company pays all dividends in arrears. The Company has deferred quarterly 
Preferred Share dividends since May 15, 2009. The dividend payment due on August 15, 2010 was the sixth dividend payment deferred by the 
Company. At this time, the Treasury has not elected any directors to serve on the Company’s board; however, they have assigned an observer to 
attend the Company’s board meetings. The Company has accrued for these dividends and it intends to bring the obligation current as soon as 
permitted.  

Our operations may be adversely affected if we are unable to maintain and increase our deposit base and secure adequate funding.  

The Company funds its banking and lending activities primarily through demand, savings and time deposits and, to a lesser extent, lines of credit, 
sale/repurchase facilities from various financial institutions, and Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings. The success of our business depends in 
part on our ability to maintain and increase our deposit base and our ability to maintain access to other funding sources. Our inability to obtain 
funding on favorable terms, timely basis, or at all, would adversely affect our operations and financial condition.  

20  

  
Table of Contents 

Changes in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings and cost of funds.  

Changes in interest rates affect our operating performance and financial condition in diverse ways. A substantial part of our profitability depends 
on the difference between the rates we receive on loans and investments and the rates we pay for deposits and other sources of funds. Our net 
interest spread will depend on many factors that are partly or entirely outside our control, including competition, federal monetary and fiscal 
policies, and economic conditions generally. Historically, net interest spreads for many financial institutions have widened and narrowed in 
response to these and other factors, which are often collectively referred to as “interest rate risk.” We try to minimize our exposure to interest rate 
risk, but are unable to eliminate it.  

Because our business is concentrated in the Kansas City MSA, a downturn in the economy of the Kansas City MSA may adversely affect our 
business.  

Our success is dependent to a significant extent upon the general economic conditions in the Kansas City MSA, including Johnson County, 
Kansas, and, in particular, the conditions for the small and medium-sized businesses that are the focus of our customer base. Further adverse 
changes in economic conditions in the Kansas City MSA, including Johnson County, Kansas, would impair our ability to collect loans, reduce our 
growth rate and have a negative impact on our overall financial condition. Adverse changes in the Kansas City MSA have already occurred and a 
continued downturn in the general economic conditions in the Kansas City MSA will continue to have an adverse effect on our overall financial 
condition.  

The continued slowdown in real estate sales and a decrease in residential real estate values within our market areas have affected and may 
continue to affect our financial condition.  

Non-performing assets and our provision for loan losses and other real estate owned have increased as a result of the downturn in economic 
conditions in the real estate market, continued slow down in home sales, and decline in median home prices and newly constructed homes. The 
housing industry in the Midwest has experienced a downturn since the last quarter of 2007 reflecting, in part, decreased availability of mortgage 
financing for residential home buyers, reduced demand for new home construction resulting in over-supply of housing inventory and increased 
foreclosure rates. As these market conditions continue, or deteriorate further, or as the slow economy continues to negatively impact the 
commercial non-residential real estate market, our results of operations will continue to be adversely impacted because a significant portion of our 
loans are secured by real estate in our market areas.  

If our allowance for loan losses is insufficient to absorb losses in our loan portfolio, it will adversely affect our financial condition and results 
of operations.  

Some borrowers may not have the ability to repay credit that we have extended to them. This risk is inherent in the banking business. Like all 
financial institutions, the Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable loan losses in our loan portfolio. The level of the 
allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio 
credit quality, economic and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. However, we cannot predict loan 
losses with certainty, and we cannot assure you that our allowance for loan losses will be sufficient to cover our future loan losses. Loan losses in 
excess of our reserves would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. The loan loss provision related to loans 
secured by real estate has increased. This increase is a result of the continued industry wide decline in the real estate market and general economy. 
If the trend is prolonged and losses continue to increase, our results of operations would continue to be negatively impacted by higher loan 
losses.  

In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review our loan portfolio. These agencies may 
require us to add to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments and interpretations of information available to them at the time of their 
examinations. If these agencies require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, our earnings will be adversely affected in the period in which 
the increase occurs.  

21  

  
Table of Contents 

We may incur significant costs if we foreclose on environmentally contaminated real estate.  

If we foreclose on a defaulted real estate loan to recover our investment, we may be subject to environmental liabilities in connection with the 
underlying real property. It is also possible that hazardous substances or wastes may be discovered on these properties during our ownership or 
after they are sold to a third party. If they are discovered on a property that we have acquired through foreclosure or otherwise, we may be 
required to remove those substances and clean up the property. We may have to pay for the entire cost of any removal and clean-up without the 
contribution of any other third parties. We may also be liable to tenants and other users of neighboring properties. These costs or liabilities may 
exceed the fair value of the property. In addition, we may find it difficult or impossible to sell the property prior to or following any environmental 
clean-up.  

The Company uses valuation methodologies, estimates and assumptions for certain assets measured at fair value and loan collateral which 
could be subject to differing interpretations and could result in changes to asset or collateral valuations that could have an impact on the 
Company’s financial condition or operating results.  

The Company uses various valuation methodologies, estimates and assumptions when measuring the fair value of financial assets, liabilities, loan 
collateral and other real estate owned. Fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments are based on quoted market prices, 
third-party appraisals and /or other observable inputs provided by third-party sources. Any changes in underlying factors, assumptions or 
estimates in any of these areas could impact the Company’s financial results.  

It may be difficult to value certain assets if comparable sales become less frequent and/or market data becomes less observable. Assets or loan 
collateral that were in active markets with significant observable data may become illiquid due to the current financial environment. In such cases, 
asset valuations may require more subjective judgment and estimates. The changing real estate market conditions could materially impact the 
valuation of assets and loan collateral as reported within the Company’s financial statements and changes in estimated values could vary 
significantly from one period to the next. Decreases in value may have a negative impact on the Company’s financial results.  

The loss of our key personnel could adversely affect our operations.  

We are a relatively small organization and depend on the services of all of our employees. Our growth and development to date has depended in a 
large part on a few key employees who have primary responsibility for maintaining personal relationships with our largest customers. The 
unexpected loss of services of one or more of these key employees could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Our key employees are 
Robert D. Regnier, Mark A. Fortino, Bruce A. Easterly, and Bonnie M. McConnaughy. Each of these persons is an officer of the Bank. We do not 
have written employment or non-compete agreements with any of these key employees; however, the Company has change in control agreements 
in place with Mr. Fortino, Mr. Easterly and Ms. McConnaughy. The change in control agreements include provisions regarding maintenance of the 
Company’s confidential information, non-solicitation and non-competition that would extend for a period of twelve months. If their employment 
were terminated, Mr. Fortino, Mr. Easterly, and Ms. McConnaughy would all lose unvested shares of Blue Valley Ban Corp. restricted stock 
awarded over the past three years as well as amounts awarded in their Long-Term Retention Bonus Pools. Mr. Regnier would lose unvested shares 
of Blue Valley Ban Corp. restricted stock awarded over the last three years. The Company has $1.0 million of bank owned life insurance on each 
employee named above with the Bank of Blue Valley as beneficiary of the policies. The Company has a $1 million “key person” life insurance 
policy on the life of Mr. Regnier.  

If we are not able to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry, our business will be adversely affected.  

Our business is extremely competitive. Many of our competitors are, or are affiliates of, enterprises that have greater resources, name recognition 
and market presence than we do. Some of our competitors are not regulated as extensively as we are and, therefore, may have greater flexibility in 
competing for business. Some of these competitors are subject to similar regulation but have the advantages of established customer bases, higher 
lending limits, extensive branch networks, numerous ATMs, and more ability to absorb the costs of maintaining technology or other factors.  

22  

  
Table of Contents 

Continued losses could erode our capital levels.  

Our capital level at December 31, 2011 was above the “well capitalized” level under regulatory definitions. However, continued losses could cause 
our capital level to fall to a level that is below the “well capitalized” level under regulatory definitions. Failure to maintain well capitalized status 
could result in adverse regulatory actions against us, as well as jeopardize our ability to acquire needed funding through sources such as brokered 
deposits, Federal Home Loan advances, or unsecured Federal funds credit lines, and could damage our reputation in our deposit markets, possibly 
resulting in deposit declines that could decrease our liquidity. Additional significant increases in our allowance for loan losses, significant write-
downs of assets, or other operating losses would decrease our capital levels further.  

Confidential customer information transmitted through the Bank’s online banking service is vulnerable to security breaches and computer 
viruses, which could expose the Bank to litigation and adversely affect its reputation and ability to generate deposits.  

The Bank provides its clients with the ability to bank online. The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet is a critical 
element of online banking. The Bank’s network could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other 
security problems. The Bank may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches 
and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses. To the extent that the Bank’s activities or the activities of 
its clients involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose the Bank to claims, 
litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing clients to lose 
confidence in the Bank’s systems and could adversely affect its reputation and its ability to generate deposits.  

Legislative and regulatory initiatives to address these difficult market and economic conditions may not stabilize the U.S. financial system.  

On October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was signed into law. The EESA authorizes the U.S. Treasury 
Department through the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) to purchase from financial institutions and their holding companies up to $700 
billion in mortgage loans and certain other financial assets, including debt and equity securities used by financial institutions and their holding 
companies. The Treasury allocated $250 billion to the TARP Capital Purchase Plan Program. The program was designed to attract broad 
participation by healthy institutions, to stabilize the financial system and to increase lending for the benefit of the U.S. economy. As part of the 
Capital Purchase Plan, the U.S. Treasury purchased debt and equity securities from participating institutions. The Company became a participant 
in the Capital Purchase Program in December 2008.  

The EESA followed, and has been followed, by numerous actions by the Federal Reserve, Congress, U.S. Treasury, the Securities Exchange 
Commission and others to address the liquidity and credit crisis. These measures include, but are not limited to, the homeowner liquidity relief 
program which encourages loan restructuring and modification, action against short selling practices and the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee 
Program. There can be no assurance as to the actual impact these initiatives may have on the financial markets. The failure of these initiatives to 
help stabilize the financial markets and if the economy continues or worsens, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and market 
price of our common stock could be adversely impacted.  

Our business could be adversely affected by unfavorable actions from rating agencies.  

Ratings assigned by bank rating agencies to the Company and its subsidiaries may impact the decision of certain customers, in particular, 
institutions to do business with us. A rating downgrade or a negative rating could adversely affect our deposits and our business relationships.  

23  

  
Table of Contents 

Our business could be adversely affected by recent legislation.  

Various new regulations have been imposed over the past year, with additional regulations being proposed. Changing regulation, along with 
possible changes in tax laws and accounting rules, may have a significant impact on the way that financial institutions conduct their business. 
Complying with increased regulations may increase our costs and limit the availability of our business opportunities.  

On July 21, 2010 The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was signed into law. Some of the provisions may have 
consequences of increasing our expenses, decreasing our revenues, and changing the activities in which we choose to engage. The specific 
impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our current activities and our financial performance will depend on the manner in which relevant agencies 
develop and implement the required rules.  

We are subject to various legal claims and litigation.  

We are periodically involved in routine litigation incidental to our business. Regardless of whether these claims and legal actions are founded or 
unfounded, if such legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely 
affect the Company’s reputation. Any financial liability or reputational damage could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. Even if these claims and legal actions do not result in a financial liability, defending these claims and actions 
result in increased legal and professional services costs, which adds to our non-interest expense and negatively impacts our operating results.  

Item 1B:
No items are reportable.  

Unresolved Staff Comments 

24  

  
  
Table of Contents 

Item 2:

Properties 

The Bank currently operates five full service banking centers, which includes our principal office located at 11935 Riley in Overland Park, Kansas, 
and an operations center location. In January 2009, the Company placed the 7900 College Boulevard location up for lease or possible sale. The 
portions of these premises listed below as subleased are leased to third parties. The following table sets forth the locations of the banking and 
operations centers, dates opened, mortgage indebtedness, and occupancy:  

Location
Overland Park Banking Center 
11935 Riley 
Overland Park, Kansas * 

Olathe Banking Center 
1235 E. Santa Fe 
Olathe, Kansas ** 

Shawnee Banking Center 
5520 Hedge Lane Terrace 
Shawnee, Kansas ** 

Operations Center 
7900 College Boulevard 
Overland Park, Kansas * 

Leawood Banking Center 
13401 Mission Road 
Leawood, Kansas * 

Lenexa Banking Center 
9500 Lackman Road 
Lenexa, Kansas ** 

Year 
Occupied  

Mortgage Indebtedness
as of  

December 31, 2011   

1994   

None

2001   

None

2001   

None

2003   

None

2004   

None

Occupancy 

100%

100%

100%
27% occupied by the Bank; 
15% occupied by one sublease; 
58% is being marketed for sublease 

45% occupied by the Bank, 
49% occupied by five subleases; 
6% is being marketed for sublease 

2007   

None

100%

*
**

The building is owned by Blue Valley Building Corp, which is owned 100% by the Bank. 
The building is owned by the Bank. 

Item 3:

Legal Proceedings 

We are periodically involved in routine litigation incidental to our business. We are not a party to any pending litigation that we believe is likely to 
have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  

Item 4:
No items are reportable.  

Mine Safety Disclosures 

25  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Part II  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. 

Item 5:
Market for Common Stock  
We are a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a result of a trust preferred securities offering we 
completed during July 2000. Shares of our common stock have traded on the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board (“OTCBB”) since July 2002 under 
the symbol “BVBC.” As of January 31, 2012, there were approximately 179 stockholders of record of our common stock. The following table sets 
forth the high and low bid prices of the Company’s common stock since the first quarter of 2010 based on closing stock price quotations provided 
by Yahoo.com. These prices reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual 
transactions.  

Fiscal Quarter 
First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

2011

2010

High     

Low     

High     

Low  

$8.00    
  8.00    
  8.00    
  6.00    

$6.50    
  5.50    
  4.80    
  4.10    

$10.25    
  9.75    
  9.40    
  8.00    

$8.50  
  7.00  
  6.50  
  5.50  

Dividends  
The Company did not declare a common stock dividend in 2009, 2010 or 2011.  

The Company’s consolidated net income consists largely of the operations of the Bank; therefore, our ability to pay dividends on our common 
stock is subject to the receipt of dividends from the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us, and thus our ability to pay dividends to 
our stockholders, is regulated by federal banking laws. In addition, as we elect to defer interest payments on our outstanding junior subordinated 
debentures and dividends on our Preferred Shares, we are prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock during such deferral. As a result 
of an agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank (for more information see Regulatory Matters section in Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations), prior regulatory approval is currently required prior to the payment of any dividends by the 
Company or the Bank. After that agreement is terminated, our Board of Directors anticipates the ability to declare future dividends, subject to 
limitations imposed by regulatory capital guidelines and approval, as permitted by the Company’s profitability and liquidity. The date for 
termination of that agreement is not known. In addition, the Company is subject to dividend limitations as part of the Capital Purchase Plan. As 
long as any preferred stock issued under the CPP remains outstanding, the Company is prohibited, without the consent of the Treasury, from 
declaring or paying a common stock dividend. The Company did not pay a cash dividend to our common stockholders in the fiscal years ended 
2009, 2010 or 2011, and we do not know when we will be able to resume paying cash dividends.  

26  

  
  
  
 
  
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Item 6:

Selected Financial Data 

The following table presents our consolidated financial data as of and for the five years ended December 31, 2011, and should be read in 
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations,” each of which is included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The selected balance sheet and statements of operations data, 
insofar as they relate to the five years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2011, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial 
statements.  

Net interest income (loss) after provision for 

loan losses 

14,300  

12,845  

(3,328) 

Selected Statements of Operations Data 
Interest and dividend income: 

Interest and fees on loans . 
Federal funds sold and other short-term 

investments 

Available-for-sale securities 
Dividends on Federal Home Loan Bank and 

Federal Reserve Bank Stock 

Total interest and dividend income 

Interest expense: 

Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Savings and money market deposit accounts 
Other time deposits 
Funds borrowed 

Total interest expense 
Net interest income 

Provision for loan losses 

Non-interest income: 

Loans held for sale fee income 
NSF charges and service fees 
Other service charges 
Realized gains on available-for-sale securities 
Gain on settlement of litigation 
Other income 

Total non-interest income 

Non-interest expense: 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Net occupancy expense 
Goodwill impairment 
Foreclosed assets expense 
Other operating expense 

Total non-interest expense 
Income (loss) before income taxes 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes 
Net income (loss) 

Per Share Data 

Basic earnings 
Diluted earnings 
Dividends 
Book value basic (at end of period) 
Weighted average common shares outstanding: 

Basic 
Diluted 
Dividend payout ratio 

2011

2010

As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
2009
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

2008

2007

$

25,277  

$

28,011  

$

33,996  

$

41,245  

$

47,194  

151  
1,202  

225  
26,855  

1,611  
346  
3,755  
3,543  
9,255  
17,600  
3,300  

245  
1,825  

222  
30,303  

2,343  
438  
7,746  
3,836  
14,363  
15,940  
3,095  

144  
1,943  

211  
36,294  

2,589  
490  
10,742  
4,166  
17,987  
18,307  
21,635  

2,120  
944  
2,276  
–  
–  
984  
6,324  

10,955  
2,599  
–  
5,219  
7,851  
26,624  
(6,000) 
9,823  
$ (15,823) 

$

(6.03) 
(6.03) 
0.00  
6.60  

3,506  
1,062  
2,021  
885  
–  
1,145  
8,619  

11,753  
2,756  
–  
2,708  
8,550  
25,767  
(4,303) 
(1,561) 
(2,742) 

(1.38) 
(1.38) 
0.00  
12.66  

$

$

2,785  
1,472  
1,778  
346  
–  
1,664  
8,045  

12,272  
2,811  
–  
3,862  
8,896  
27,841  
(23,124) 
(8,514) 
$ (14,610) 

$

(5.68) 
(5.68) 
0.00  
14.09  

378  
3,375  

265  
45,263  

1,394  
2,402  
12,139  
5,756  
21,691  
23,572  
17,025  

6,547  

2,136  
1,641  
1,658  
702  
1,000  
1,010  
8,147  

12,500  
3,144  
4,821  
944  
7,360  
28,769  
(14,075) 
(3,824) 
$ (10,251) 

$

(4.20) 
(4.20) 
0.00  
19.97  

$

$

557  
4,466  

323  
52,540  

656  
6,362  
13,134  
5,430  
25,582  
26,958  
2,855  

24,103  

3,160  
1,418  
1,412  
105  
–  
782  
6,877  

13,570  
3,200  
–  
339  
7,108  
24,217  
6,763  
2,275  
4,488  

1.86  
1.84  
0.36  
24.34  

  2,806,299  
  2,827,888  

  2,773,039  
  2,788,154  

  2,754,419  
  2,762,603  

  2,438,809  
  2,460,045  

0.00%  

0.00%  

0.00%  

0.00%  

  2,410,621  
  2,438,203  

19.35% 

27  

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Selected Balance Sheet Data (at end of period): 
Total available-for-sale securities 
Total mortgage loans held for sale, fair value 
Total loans 
Total assets 
Total deposits 
Funds borrowed 
Total stockholders’ equity 
Trust assets under administration 
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data: 
Performance Ratios: 

Net interest margin (1) 
Non-interest income to average assets 
Non-interest expense to average assets 
Net overhead ratio (2) 
Efficiency ratio (3) 
Return on average assets (4) 
Return on average equity (5) 

Asset Quality Ratios: 

Non-performing loans to total loans 
Allowance for possible loan losses to: 

Total loans 
Non-performing loans 

Net charge-offs to average total loans 
Non-performing loans to total assets 

Balance Sheet Ratios: 

Loans to deposits 
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing 

liabilities 

Capital Ratios: 

Total equity to total assets 
Total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio 
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio 
Tier 1 capital to average assets ratio 
Average equity to average assets ratio 

2011

$ 61,790  
5,686  
  438,843  
  654,452  
  490,413  
  115,806  
  40,455  
  129,580  

As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
2009
(In thousands)

2010

2008

$ 63,640  
8,162  
  492,454  
  723,101  
  541,218  
  118,505  
  57,164  
  125,702  

$ 72,757  
8,752  
  554,111  
  773,967  
  590,110  
  118,208  
  60,603  
  105,071  

$ 68,681  
8,157  
  662,401  
  815,700  
  600,868  
  135,129  
  76,439  
  112,688  

2007

$ 76,653  
  10,978  
  596,646  
  736,213  
  536,370  
  134,942  
  58,934  
  104,167  

2.91%  
0.93  
3.90  
2.97  
  111.29  
(2.32) 
(51.84) 

2.23%  
1.09  
3.26  
2.14  
  104.92  
(0.35) 
(10.25) 

2.43%  
0.99  
3.42  
2.40  
  105.65  
(1.79) 
(33.07) 

3.20%  
1.04  
3.67  
2.59  
90.70  
(1.31) 
(17.53) 

3.92% 
0.95  
3.34  
2.35  
71.57  
0.62  
7.88  

2.58%  

6.16%  

6.30%  

6.54%  

4.22% 

3.01  
  116.46  
1.04  
1.73  

2.99  
48.53  
1.61  
4.20  

3.61  
57.33  
2.30  
4.51  

1.87  
28.54  
2.16  
5.31  

1.51  
35.65  
0.06  
3.42  

89.48%  

90.99%  

93.90%  

  110.24%  

  111.24% 

  116.17  

  113.18  

  115.08  

  116.25  

  118.92  

6.18%  
12.08  
9.80  
8.04  
7.97  

7.91%  
12.66  
11.39  
9.04  
7.48  

7.83%  
12.54  
11.26  
9.07  
8.47  

9.37%  
13.82  
12.57  
11.50  
7.66  

8.01% 
11.53  
10.28  
9.86  
7.85  

(1) Net interest income, on a full tax-equivalent basis, divided by average interest-earning assets. 
(2) Non-interest expense less non-interest income divided by average total assets. 
(3) Non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income plus non-interest income. 
(4) Net income divided by average total assets. 
(5) Net income divided by average common equity. 

28  

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Item 7:

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The following presents management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations as of the dates and for the 
periods indicated. You should read this discussion in conjunction with our “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” our consolidated financial 
statements and the accompanying notes, and other financial data contained elsewhere in this report.  

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The 
Company intends such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and is including this statement for purposes of those safe harbor provisions. Forward-looking 
statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe future plans, strategies and expectations of the Company, can generally be 
identified by use of the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “can,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” 
“predict,” “project,” “should,” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. The Company is unable to predict the actual results 
of its future plans or strategies with certainty. Factors which could have a material adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of the 
Company include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in market rates of interest and loan and deposit pricing; inability to maintain or increase 
deposit base and secure adequate funding; a continued deterioration of general economic conditions or the demand for housing in the Company’s 
market areas; deterioration in the demand for mortgage financing; legislative or regulatory changes; regulatory action; continued adverse 
developments in the Company’s loan or investment portfolio; any inability to obtain funding on favorable terms; the Company’s non-payment on 
TARP funds or Trust Preferred Securities; the loss of key personnel; significant increases in competition; potential unfavorable actions from rating 
agencies; potential unfavorable results of litigation to which the Company may become a party; and the possible dilutive effect of potential 
acquisitions or expansions. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance 
should not be placed on such statements. We operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time, 
and it is not possible for us to predict all risk factors. Nor can we address the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any 
factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.  

Critical Accounting Policies  
Please refer to Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements where we present a listing and discussion of our most significant accounting 
policies. After a review of these policies, we determined that accounting for the allowance for loan losses and income taxes are deemed critical 
accounting policies because of the valuation techniques used, and the sensitivity of certain financial statement amounts to the methods, as well as 
the assumptions and estimates, underlying these policies. Accounting for these critical areas requires subjective and complex judgments that 
could be subject to revision as new information becomes available.  

As presented in Note 1 and Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of 
probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates 
that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is analyzed 
monthly based on internal loan reviews and qualitative measurements of our loan portfolio. Management assesses the adequacy of the allowance 
for loan losses based upon a number of factors including, among others:  

•

•

•

•

•

  analytical reviews of loan loss experience in relationship to outstanding loans and commitments;  
  problem and non-performing loans and other loans presenting credit concerns;  
  trends in loan growth, portfolio composition and quality;  
  appraisals of the value of collateral; and  
  management’s judgment with respect to current economic conditions and their impact on the existing loan portfolio.  

29  

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

The Bank computes its allowance for loan losses by assigning specific reserves to impaired loans, plus a general reserve based on loss factors 
applied to the rest of the loan portfolio. The specific reserve on impaired loans is computed as the amount of the loan in excess of the present 
value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or based on the loan’s observable market value or the fair 
value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The general reserve loss factors are determined based on such items as management’s 
evaluation of risk in the portfolio, local economic conditions, and historical loss experience. The Bank has further refined its risk grading system by 
developing associated reserve factors for each risk grade.  

As discussed in Notes 1 and 12 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax 
accounting guidance (ASC 740, Income Taxes). Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying 
the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. Deferred income taxes represent the expected 
future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or income tax returns. The Company determines deferred 
income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the 
differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in 
which they occur. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized 
or sustained upon examination. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold 
considers the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date and is subject to the management’s judgment. Deferred tax 
assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a 
deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company regularly monitors taxing authorities for changes in laws and regulations and their 
interpretations of the judicial system.  

Overview  
The Company continued to face challenges during 2011; however, the Company was able to show improvement in several areas of operation. The 
Company experienced an improvement in net interest income by $1.7 million, or 10.41%, to $17.6 million for 2011, as compared to $15.9 for 2010. The 
improvement was the result of a decline in interest expense, which decreased $5.1 million, or 35.56%, as compared to 2010, due to the impact of 
lower market interest rates on interest-bearing deposits and a decline in the average balance of time deposits. The Company had funds from 
various time deposits mature during 2011, and as those higher rate time deposits matured they were renewed at lower rates. In addition, some time 
deposits were not renewed as the renewal rate for these time deposits was at a lower rate. The Company experienced improvement in asset quality 
due to the focus on improving the Company’s asset quality, specifically non-performing loans. Non-performing loans have declined $19.0 million, 
or 62.69%, from 2010 as management has aggressively managed defaults within the loan portfolio. The Company continues to keep the cost of 
funds low and works to improve asset quality and originate new loans.  

The Company experienced a net loss for 2011 of $15.8 million, an increase of $13.1 million, or 477.06%, from the $2.7 million net loss in 2010. The net 
loss for 2011 was primarily attributed to the $12.6 million valuation allowance recorded for the Company’s deferred tax asset. Due to the Company’s 
losses recorded over the last four years, the Company assessed the deferred tax asset during 2011 and recognized a $12.6 million valuation 
allowance on the deferred tax asset based on historical and current information available relating to the Company’s ability to recognize the deferred 
tax asset in future near term periods. Loss per share on a diluted basis was $6.03 for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of 336.96% 
compared to diluted loss per share of $1.38 for the previous year. The Company’s returns on average assets and average stockholders’ equity for 
2011 were negative 2.32% and negative 51.84% compared to negative 0.35% and negative 10.25%, respectively, for 2010.  

Net interest income for 2011 was $17.6 million compared to $15.9 million earned during 2010. The increase of $1.7 million, or 10.41%, was attributed 
to a decrease in interest expense by $5.1 million, or 35.56% as compared to 2010. Interest expense declined due to the impact of lower market 
interest rates on interest-bearing deposits and a decline in the average balance of time deposits. In 2010 and 2011 the Company had funds from 
various time deposit  

30  

  
Table of Contents 

promotions mature, and as those higher rate time deposits matured they were renewed at lower market rates. As the renewal rate for these deposits 
was much lower, some deposits were not renewed. In addition, the Company entered into a restructuring transaction during the third quarter of 
2010 of $42.5 million of its $82.5 million in Federal Home Loan Bank advances. This transaction reduced the effective interest rate, as well as 
modified the maturity date on these borrowings. This increase in net interest income was partially offset by the decline in interest income by $3.4 
million, or 11.38%, as compared to the same period in 2010. The lower interest income was primarily a result of a decline in the average outstanding 
loan balances for year ended December 31, 2011 by $53.0 million, or 10.22%, as compared to 2010, as a result of loan payoffs, lower loan origination 
volume due to the current economic environment and loan foreclosures of $17.4 million. Interest income also declined due to lower interest earned 
on available-for-sale securities by $623,000, or 34.14%, as compared to prior year. The Company had $67.0 million in available-for-sale securities 
called or matured during the year and the funds from these securities were reinvested at lower yields due to the current rate environment and the 
securities available in the market place for investing.  

The provision for loan losses in 2011 was $3.3 million compared to $3.1 million in 2010. The Company has experienced a reduction in non-
performing loans by $19.0 million, or 62.69%, and a decline in net loan charge offs by $3.5 million, or 42.11%, since December 31, 2010. The 
provision for loan losses recorded in 2011 was primarily related to declines in collateral values of properties secured by real estate.  

Non-interest income declined 26.63% to $6.3 million in 2011 compared to $8.6 million in 2010. The decline in non-interest income was a result of a 
decrease in loans held for sale fee income of $1.4 million, or 39.53%, due to a decline in residential mortgage loan origination and refinancing 
volume as a result of the economic environment. The Company realized gains of $885,000 on the sale of $29.0 million in available-for-sale securities 
during 2010. No securities were sold during 2011. Other income decreased $161,000, or 14.06%, due to the effect of recording the net fair value of 
certain mortgage loan-related commitments. The net fair value of mortgage loan-related commitments recorded for 2011 was a loss of $257,000 
compared to a gain of $128,000 in 2010, a decline of $385,000. The fair value on these commitments will fluctuate based on the market rates for 
mortgage loans. The decrease in other income was partially offset by higher gains realized on the sale of foreclosed assets held for sale and 
increases in rental income and foreclosed assets held for sale rental income. The decrease in non-interest income was partly offset by an increase 
in other service charges by $255,000, or 12.62%, as compared to 2010. The increase in other service charges was primarily attributed to income 
generated from signature based debit card transactions associated with our Performance and Ultimate Checking products and increased activity in 
our trust services.  

Non-interest expense increased 3.33% to $26.6 million in 2011 from $25.8 million in 2010. The increase in non-interest expense was attributed to a 
higher foreclosed assets expense by $2.5 million, or 92.73%, as compared to the prior year. The Company recorded a provision for losses on 
foreclosed assets held for sale of $3.2 million in 2011, compared to a provision of $734,000 for 2010, representing an increase of $2.4 million, as a 
result of a decline in real estate value related to specific foreclosed properties. The increase in non-interest expense was offset by a decline in 
salaries and employee benefits by $798,000, or 6.79%, as a result of lower salaries expense due to lower commissions paid during the period on 
mortgage loans originated and sold in the secondary market as a result of decreased origination volume and a change in the commission structure 
for each loan originated and sold. Other operating expenses declined $699,000, or 8.18%, as compared to the prior year, due to a decline in legal 
fees, data processing and FDIC deposit assessment. The FDIC deposit assessment has decreased as a result of a decrease in the assessment base 
and a change in the assessment rates as of April 1, 2011.  

Total assets at December 31, 2011, were $654.5 million, a decrease of $68.6 million, or 9.49%, from $723.1 million at December 31, 2010. Deposits and 
stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2011 were $490.4 million and $40.5 million, compared with $541.2 million and $57.2 million at December 31, 
2010, decreases of $50.8 million, or 9.39%, and $16.7 million, or 29.23%, respectively.  

Loans at December 31, 2011 totaled $438.8 million, a decrease of $53.7 million, or 10.89%, compared to December 31, 2010. The loan to deposit ratio 
at December 31, 2011 was 89.48% compared to 90.99% at December 31, 2010. Our funding philosophy for loans not held for sale is to primarily 
increase deposits from retail and commercial deposit sources and secondarily use other borrowing sources as necessary to fund loans within the 
limits of the Bank’s capital base.  

31  

  
Table of Contents 

Net Interest Income  
A primary component of our net income is our net interest income. Net interest income is determined by the spread between the fully tax equivalent 
(FTE) yields we earn on our interest-earning assets and the rates we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, as well as the relative amounts of such 
assets and liabilities. FTE net interest margin is determined by dividing FTE net interest income by average interest-earning assets. The following 
discussion should be read along with analysis of the “Average Balances, Yields and Rates” table on page 34.  

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. FTE net interest income for 2011 increased to $17.6 million from $15.9 million in 2010, a $1.7 million, or 
10.41%, increase.  

FTE interest income for 2011 was $26.9 million, a decrease of $3.4 million, or 11.38%, from $30.3 million in 2010. The decrease in interest income was 
attributed to a decline in the average balances on earning assets, specifically lower average balances on outstanding loans, federal funds sold and 
other short-term investments and available-for-sale securities. The overall yield on average earning assets increased 20 basis points to 4.43% for 
year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 4.23% for the prior year. The increase in yield is attributed to the decline in volume of loans on non-
accrual during 2011 as compared to the prior year. In addition, the Company has received $270,000 in cash interest on loans previously on non-
accrual and subsequently paid off or placed on accrual status and recovering interest income on the cost recovery method. Interest and fees on 
loans declined $2.7 million, or 9.76%, for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the prior year as a result of the decline in average 
outstanding balance of loans by $53.0 million, or 10.22%, due to loan payoffs, lower loan origination volume due to the current economic 
environment and loan foreclosures. Average available federal funds sold and other short-term investments decreased $37.3 million, or 36.95%, as 
compared to 2010. The decrease in average federal funds sold and other short-term investments was attributed to a decline in the average interest-
bearing deposits, specifically time deposits, as discussed below. Interest income on available-for-sale securities decreased $623,000, or 34.14%, as 
a result of a decrease in the average balance of available-for-sale securities by $17.2 million, or 20.41%, over the prior year. Available-for-sale 
securities of $29.0 million were sold during 2010 to reduce the long term maturity risk within the portfolio as a result of the rate environment. In 
addition, as higher yielding securities of $67.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $115.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 
were called or matured, they were reinvested in lower yielding securities due to the rate environment and the securities available in the market for 
investing, thus resulting in a decline in interest income.  

Interest expense for 2011 was $9.3 million, a decrease of $5.1 million, or 35.56%, from $14.4 million in 2010. The decline in interest expense resulted 
from a decrease in the rate paid on average interest-bearing liabilities resulting from the impact of the lower market interest rates on interest-bearing 
demand accounts, savings and money market deposits, time deposits and long-term debt. The rate paid on total average interest-bearing liabilities 
decreased to 1.77% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 2.27% in 2010, a decrease of 50 basis points. Average interest-bearing 
liabilities decreased $111.2 million, or 17.57%, to $521.5 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $632.7 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease 
was a result of lower average balance of time deposits and savings and money market deposits. Average time deposits decreased $114.2 million, or 
37.68%, partially as a result of the Company not renewing $28.9 million of brokered deposits excluding CDARS deposits in 2010 and $6.8 million in 
brokered deposits that matured in 2011. The Company replaced brokered funds with core deposits by generating increased interest in our 
Performance Checking products and in February 2011 started offering a new product, Ultimate Checking. The Company also had several higher 
rate time deposit promotions mature in 2010 and 2011 and these time deposits were renewed at a lower rate. As the renewal rate for these time 
deposits was at a lower rate, some time deposits were not renewed. The savings and money market deposits decreased $2.3 million, or 2.69%, as 
customers have moved their funds into interest-bearing demand accounts, specifically Performance and Ultimate Checking accounts, as these 
products offer a more attractive rate. Interest-bearing demand deposits have increased $7.9 million, or 6.25%, however the interest expense 
associated with these accounts has declined $732,000, or 31.24%, as a result of lowering the interest rate paid on the Performance and Ultimate 
Checking accounts in response to a decline in the rates paid in the market. Interest expense for long-term debt is lower as a result of the 
Company’s restructuring transaction of $42.5 million of its $82.5 million of Federal Home Loan Bank advances during the third quarter of 2010, thus 
lowering overall interest expense on these borrowings.  

32  

  
Table of Contents 

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. FTE net interest income for 2010 decreased to $15.9 million from $18.3 million in 2009, a $2.4 million, or 
12.93%, decrease.  

FTE interest income for 2010 was $30.3 million, a decrease of $6.0 million, or 16.51%, from $36.3 million in 2009. This decrease was a result of an 
overall decline in yields on average earning assets and a change in asset mix, specifically higher average federal funds sold and other short-term 
investment balances with lower yields. The overall yield on average earning assets decreased 59 basis points to 4.23% compared to 4.82% in 2009. 
Another factor contributing to lower interest income was a decrease in the average outstanding balance of loans. The average outstanding 
balance of loans has decreased by $90.1 million, or 14.81%, as a result of several larger loan payoffs, loan foreclosures, and lower loan origination 
volume due to the current economic environment which has resulted in lower interest income on loans. Average available federal funds sold and 
other short-term investments increased $32.6 million, or 47.75%. The increase in average federal funds sold and other short-term investments was a 
result of a decline in the average balance of loans. The average balance of available-for-sale securities increased $23.6 million, or 39.03%, as a result 
of the Company investing excess funds from loan collections into available-for-sale securities during the first half of 2010. As higher yielding 
securities of $115.0 million were called or matured during the year, they were invested at lower yields due to the current rate environment and the 
securities available for investing thus resulting in a decline in interest income by $118,000, or 6.07%.  

Interest expense for 2010 was $14.4 million, a decrease of $3.6 million, or 20.15%, from $18.0 million in 2009. The decline in interest expense resulted 
from a decrease in the rate paid on average interest-bearing liabilities resulting from the impact of the lower market interest rates on interest bearing 
demand accounts, time deposits and long-term debt. The rate paid on total average interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 2.27% for the year 
ended December 31, 2010, compared to 2.75% in 2009, a decrease of 48 basis points. Total average interest-bearing liabilities decreased $22.0 
million, or 3.37%, to $632.7 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $654.7 million at December 31, 2009. Average time deposits decreased $34.2 
million, or 10.15%, as a result of the Company not renewing $30.9 million in brokered deposits as they matured. The Company is generating 
increased interest in Performance Checking product and time deposit promotions to replace our brokered funds with core deposits. In addition, as 
higher rate time deposits mature they were renewed at lower market rates. Average savings and money market deposits decreased $8.9 million, or 
9.53%, as customers have moved their funds into interest-bearing demand accounts, specifically Performance Checking product as the product 
offers a more attractive rate. Average other interest-bearing liabilities decreased $4.8 million, or 20.57%, due to an overall decrease in repurchase 
agreement balances as customers have moved their funds into the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) program. These 
decreases were offset by an increase in average interest-bearing demand deposits of $29.4 million, or 30.48%, as a result of growth experienced in 
balances of our Performance Checking product as it offers a higher market rate. While the balances in interest bearing demand deposit have 
increased 20.57%, the interest expense associated with these accounts have declined $246,000, or 9.50%, as a result of lowering the interest rate 
paid on the accounts in response to a decline in rates paid in the market. Interest expense for long-term debt is lower as a result of the Company’s 
restructuring transaction of $42.5 million of its $82.5 million of Federal Home Loan Bank advances during the third quarter of 2010, thus lowering 
overall interest expense on these borrowings. In addition, the average balance of long-term debt decreased $3.5 million as a result of the Company 
paying off $5.3 million related to Blue Valley Building Corp. debt in June 2009.  

33  

  
Table of Contents 

Average Balance Sheets. The following table sets forth for the periods and as of the dates indicated, information regarding our average balances 
of assets and liabilities as well as the dollar amounts of interest income from interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing 
liabilities and the resultant rates or costs. Ratio, yield and rate information are based on average daily balances where available; otherwise, average 
monthly balances have been used. Non-accrual loans are included in the calculation of average balances for loans for the periods indicated.  

AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS AND RATES  

2011

Average 
Balance    

Interest     

Average 
Yield/ 
Rate  

Year Ended December 31,
2010

Average 
Balance    

Interest     

Average 
Yield/ 
Rate  

2009

Average 
Balance    

Interest     

Average 
Yield/ 
Rate  

(In thousands)
Assets 
Federal funds sold and other short-term 

investments 

   $ 63,635     $
Available-for-sale securities – taxable 
     66,913    
Mortgage loans held for sale 
3,820    
Loans, net of unearned discount and fees (1)       465,053    
Federal Home Loan and Federal Reserve Bank 

151       0.24%   $100,929     $

245       0.24%   $ 68,310     $

144       0.21% 

  1,202       1.80  
152       3.98  
  25,125       5.40  

  84,070    
6,761    
  518,010    

  1,825       2.17  
302       4.47  
  27,709       5.35  

  60,441    
9,875    
  608,080    

  1,943       3.21  
477       4.83  
  33,519       5.51  

Stock 

Total earning assets 

Cash and due from banks – non-interest 

bearing 

Allowance for loan losses 
Premises and equipment, net 
Other assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 
Deposits-interest bearing:
Interest-bearing demand accounts 
Savings and money market deposits 
Time deposits 

Total interest-bearing deposits 

Other interest-bearing liabilities 
Long-term debt 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Non-interest bearing deposits 
Other liabilities 
Stockholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ 

equity 

FTE net interest income/spread 
FTE net interest margin 

6,377    
     605,798    

225       3.53  
  26,855       4.43  

6,275    
  716,045    

222       3.54  
  30,303       4.23  

6,742    
  753,448    

211       3.13  
  36,294       4.82  

     33,724    
     (13,708)  
     16,048    
     41,104    
   $682,966    

  37,565    
  (17,991)  
  16,601    
  38,007    
  $790,227    

  36,257    
  (19,647)  
  18,270    
  26,639    
  $814,967    

346       0.42  
  3,755       1.99  
  5,712       1.41  
41       0.24  
  3,502       3.52  
  9,255       1.77  

   $133,531     $ 1,611       1.21%   $125,672     $ 2,343       1.86%   $ 96,315     $ 2,589       2.69% 
     82,462    
     188,906    
     404,899    
     17,045    
     99,537    
     521,481    
     98,927    
8,151    
     54,407    

438       0.52  
  7,746       2.56  
  10,527       2.05  
45       0.24  
  3,791       3.77  
  14,363       2.27  

490       0.52  
  10,742       3.18  
  13,821       2.62  
58       0.25  
  4,108       3.95  
  17,987       2.75  

  93,672    
  337,363    
  527,350    
  23,261    
  104,096    
  654,707    
  86,744    
4,478    
  69,038    

  84,745    
  303,130    
  513,547    
  18,477    
  100,644    
  632,668    
  91,863    
6,577    
  59,119    

   $682,966    

  $790,227    

  $814,967    

  $17,600       2.66%  
     2.91%  

  $15,940       1.96%  
     2.23%  

  $18,307       2.07% 
     2.43% 

(1)

Includes average balances and income from loans on non-accrual status. 

34  

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income Due to Changes in Interest Rates and Volumes. The following table presents the dollar amount of 
changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. It distinguishes 
between the increase or decrease related to changes in balances and changes in interest rates. For each category of interest-earning assets and 
interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to:  
•

  changes in rate, reflecting changes in rate multiplied by the prior period volume; and  
  changes in volume, reflecting changes in volume multiplied by the current period rate.  

•

CHANGES IN INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE VOLUME AND RATE VARIANCES  

Year Ended December 31, 
(In thousands) 

Federal funds sold and other short-term investments 
Available-for-sale securities – taxable 
Mortgage loans held for sale 
Loans, net of unearned discount and fees 
Federal Home Loan and Federal Reserve Bank Stock 

Total interest income 
Interest-bearing demand accounts 
Savings and money market deposits 
Time deposits 
Other interest-bearing liabilities 
Long-term debt 

Total interest expense 

Net interest income 

Change 
Due to 
Rate

2011 Compared to 2010
Change 
Due to 
Volume    

Change 
Due to 
Rate

2010 Compared to 2009
Change 
Due to 
Volume    

   $

(3)   $

21     $

Total 
Change    

Total 
Change  
101  
(118) 
(175) 
  (5,810) 
11  
  (5,991) 
(246) 
(52) 
  (2,996) 
(13) 
(317) 
  (3,624) 
   $ 2,791     $(1,131)   $ 1,660     $ 1,494     $(3,861)   $(2,367) 

80     $
513    
(139)  
  (4,823)  
(17)  
  (4,386)  
548    
(49)  
(881)  
(11)  
(132)  
(525)  

(94)   $
(623)  
(150)  
  (2,584)  
3    
  (3,448)  
(732)  
(92)  
  (3,991)  
(4)  
(289)  
  (5,108)  

(91)   $
(310)  
(117)  
  (2,849)  
4    
  (3,363)  
95    
(10)  
  (2,275)  
(3)  
(39)  
  (2,232)  

(313)  
(33)  
265    
(1)  
(85)  
(827)  
(82)  
  (1,716)  
(1)  
(250)  
  (2,876)  

(631)  
(36)  
(987)  
28    
  (1,605)  
(794)  
(3)  
  (2,115)  
(2)  
(185)  
  (3,099)  

Provision for Loan Losses  
The Company makes provisions for loan losses in amounts management deems necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at an 
appropriate level. The allowance for loan losses is based upon the analysis of several factors, including general economic conditions, analysis of 
impaired loans, general reserve factors, changes in loan mix, and current and historical charge-offs by loan type. Historical charge off information 
currently utilized is based on three year weighted average of net charge offs by loan type with more weight given to more current data due to the 
current economic environment. The Company’s credit administration function performs monthly analyses on the loan portfolio to assess and 
report on risk levels, delinquencies, internal ranking system and overall credit exposure. Management and the Bank’s Board of Directors review the 
allowance for loan losses monthly, considering such factors as current and projected economic conditions, loan growth, the composition of the 
loan portfolio, loan trends and classifications, and other factors. Economic conditions monitored include but are not limited to: Johnson County, 
KS unemployment rate; consumer confidence; foreclosure rates; vacant property rates; stock market performance; inflation; and interest rates. The 
allowance for loan losses represents our best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred as of the respective balance sheet dates.  

35  

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we provided $3.3 million for loan losses, as compared to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 
2010, an increase of $205,000, or 6.62%. In 2011, the Company experienced a reduction in non-performing loans by $19.0 million, or 62.69% and a 
decline in net loan charge offs by $3.5 million, or 42.11%. The provision for loan losses recorded in 2011 was primarily related to declines in 
collateral values of properties secured by real estate. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans was 3.01% at December 31, 2011, 
compared to 2.99% in 2010 and 3.61% in 2009. Management believes they have identified the significant non-performing loans and will continue to 
aggressively pursue collection of these loans. If the adverse real estate and construction industry and general economic conditions are more 
prolonged than management anticipates and losses increase, we could experience higher than anticipated loan losses in the future.  

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we provided $3.1 million for loan losses, as compared to $21.6 million for the year ended December 31, 
2009, a decrease of $18.5 million, or 85.69%. In 2010, the Company experienced a reduction in non-performing loans by $4.5 million, or 12.99%, a 
decline in net loan charge offs by $5.6 million, or 40.27%, and a reduction in past due loans greater than 30 days by $14.5 million, or 90.87%. The 
significant provision for loan losses recorded in 2009 was a result of refining the Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology to better reflect 
the inherent losses in the loan portfolio and to increase the general reserves on our performing loans to reflect the weakened economic conditions.  

Non-interest Income  
The following table describes the items of our non-interest income for the periods indicated:  

NON-INTEREST INCOME  

(In thousands) 
Loans held for sale fee income 
NSF charges and service fees 
Other service charges 
Realized gains on available-for-sale securities 
Other income 

Total non-interest income 

Year Ended December 31,

2011     

2010     

2009  

$2,120    
944    
  2,276    
  —      
984    
$6,324    

$3,506    
  1,062    
  2,021    
885    
  1,145    
$8,619    

$2,785  
  1,472  
  1,778  
346  
  1,664  
$8,045  

Non-interest income decreased $2.3 million from the prior year to $6.3 million for 2011 compared with $8.6 million for 2010, a decrease of 26.63%. 
Loans held for sale fee income decreased $1.4 million, or 39.53%, as compared to 2010. The volume of closed residential mortgage loans held for 
sale decreased in 2011 to $66.0 million, from $135.9 million in 2010 and $196.4 million in 2009 as a result of the economic environment and declining 
real estate industry. Sustainability of the level of our loans held for sale fee income is primarily dependent upon the economy and interest rate 
environment, and secondarily dependent on our ability to develop new products and alternative delivery channels. Another factor contributing to 
the decline in non-interest income was the Company realized gains on available-for-sale securities of $885,000 in 2010 as a result of the Company 
selling $29.0 million in available-for-sale securities. No securities were sold in 2011. Securities were sold during 2010 to reduce the long-term 
maturity risk within the investment portfolio due to the rate environment.  

36  

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
Table of Contents 

Other changes reflected in non-interest income include a decrease in NSF charges and service fees by $118,000, or 11.11%, as compared to 2010. 
The decrease was due to fewer overdraft items by our customers and a change in account service charges on commercial accounts. Other service 
charge income, which includes income from trust services, investment brokerage, merchant bankcard processing and debit card processing, 
increased by $255,000, or 12.62%. This increase was a result of income generated from signature based debit card transactions associated with our 
Performance and Ultimate Checking products and an increase in fee income generated from our trust services due to increased market activity. 
Other income decreased $161,000, or 14.06%, due to the effect of recording the net fair value of certain mortgage loan-related commitments. The net 
fair value of mortgage loan-related commitments recorded for 2011 was a loss of $257,000 compared to a gain of $128,000 in 2010, a decline of 
$385,000. The fair value on these commitments will fluctuate based on the market rates for mortgage loans. The decrease in other income was 
partially offset by higher gains realized on the sale of foreclosed assets held for sale and an increase in rental income and foreclosed assets held 
for sale rental income. Future growth of other non-interest income categories is dependent on new product development and growth in our 
customer base.  

Non-interest income for 2010 increased to $8.6 million compared to $8.0 million for 2009, an increase of 7.13%. Loans held for sale fee income 
increased $721,000, or 25.89%, as compared to 2009. The volume of closed residential mortgage loans decreased in 2010 to $135.9 million, from 
$196.4 million in 2009 and $136.8 million in 2008; however, the Company was able to secure more favorable terms for loans sold in the secondary 
market resulting in higher fee income realized. The increase in loans held for sale fee income was also a result of the fair value option for financial 
assets and financial liabilities for mortgage loans held for sale, which resulted in a net realized loss on mortgage loans held for sale of $33,000 in 
2010 compared to a loss of $111,000 recorded in loans held for sale fee income during 2009. The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale will 
fluctuate with changes in the market rates offered on mortgage loans.  

Other changes reflected in non-interest income in 2010 include a decrease in NSF charges and service fees by $410,000, or 27.85%. The decrease 
was due to fewer overdraft items by our customers and a decrease in account service charges on commercial accounts as a result of a change in 
account service charges on these accounts. Other service charge income, which includes income from trust services, investment brokerage, 
merchant bankcard processing and debit card processing, increased by $243,000, or 13.67%. This increase was a result of income generated from 
signature based debit card transactions associated with our Performance Checking product. The Company has experienced growth of 14.91% in 
the Performance Checking product balances during the year. The increase in other service charge income was also attributed to an increase in fee 
income generated from our investment brokerage and trust services due to increased market activity. Realized gains on available-for-sale securities 
increased $539,000, or 155.78%, as compared to 2009 as a result of the Company selling $29.0 million in available-for-sale securities in 2010 
compared to $11.0 million in securities sold during 2009. Securities were sold during 2010 to reduce the long-term maturity risk within the 
investment portfolio due to the current rate environment. Other income decreased $519,000, or 31.19%, as compared to 2009. The decrease was due 
to fewer gains realized on the sale of foreclosed assets held for sale by $296,000, or 40.60%. Other non-interest income also decreased due to the 
effect of recording the net fair value of certain mortgage loan-related commitments. The net fair value of mortgage loan-related commitments 
recorded for 2010 was a gain of $128,000 compared to a gain of $236,000 in 2009, a decline of $108,000, or 46.19%. The fair value on these 
commitments will fluctuate based on the market for mortgage loans. Future growth of other non-interest income categories is dependent on new 
product development and growth in our customer base.  

37  

  
Table of Contents 

Non-interest Expense  
The following table describes the items of our non-interest expense for the periods indicated.  

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE  

(In thousands) 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Net occupancy expense 
Foreclosed assets expense 
Other operating expense 

Total non-interest expenses 

Year Ended December 31,

2011     

2010     

2009  

$10,955    
  2,599    
  5,219    
  7,851    
$26,624    

$11,753    
  2,756    
  2,708    
  8,550    
$25,767    

$12,272  
  2,811  
  3,862  
  8,896  
$27,841  

Non-interest expense increased $857,000, or 3.33% to $26.6 million during 2011, compared to $25.8 million in the prior year. The increase in non-
interest expense was attributed to an increase in foreclosed assets expense by $2.5 million, or 92.73%, as compared to 2010. Foreclosed assets 
expense has increased as a result of the Company recording a $3.2 million provision for losses on foreclosed assets held for sale in 2011 compared 
to $734,000 in 2010, representing an increase of $2.4 million. The increase in provision for losses on foreclosed assets held for sale was a result of a 
decline in real estate value related to specific foreclosed properties. In addition, expenses related to foreclosed assets held for sale have increased 
as a result of an increase in the number of foreclosed properties. Expenses related to foreclosed assets held for sale include insurance, appraisals, 
utilities, real estate property taxes, legal, repairs and maintenance, and associated loss on sale. If the decline in real estate values continues, the 
Company could experience additional provisions in losses on foreclosed assets held for sale.  

Other factors contributing to the change in non-interest expense include a decrease in salaries and employee benefits by $798,000, or 6.79%, as a 
result of lower salaries expense due to lower commissions paid during the period on mortgage loans originated and sold in the secondary market as 
a result of decreased origination volume and a change in the commission structure for each loan originated and sold. Other operating expenses 
declined $699,000, or 8.18%, as compared to the prior year, due to a decline in legal fees, data processing and FDIC deposit assessment. The FDIC 
deposit assessment has decreased as a result of a decrease in the assessment base and a change in the assessment rates as of April 1, 2011. Net 
occupancy expense declined slightly by $157,000, or 5.70%, as a result of lower depreciation and repairs and maintenance expense.  

Non-interest expense for 2010 decreased 7.45% to $25.8 million, compared to $27.8 million in 2009. The decrease in non-interest expense was 
attributed to a decrease in foreclosed assets expense of $1.2 million, or 29.88%, as a result of the Company recording a $734,000 provision for 
losses on foreclosed assets held for sale in 2010 compared to $1.4 million in 2009. The provision for losses on foreclosed assets held for sale was a 
result of the decline in real estate values. In addition, expenses related to other real estate owned decreased $525,000, or 21.02%, as a result of a 
reduction in the number of construction and rehab properties held for sale. Expenses related to foreclosed assets held for sale include insurance, 
appraisals, utilities, real estate property taxes, legal, repairs and maintenance, and associated loss on sale. The decrease in other operating 
expenses was partly offset by an increase in professional fees expense of $223,000, or 17.19%, as a result of the legal fees expense related to loan 
workouts, routine litigation and foreclosed assets held for sale. Other factors contributing to the change in non-interest expense included a 
decrease in salaries and employee benefits of $519,000, or 4.23%. The decrease was a result of staff restructuring in the third quarter of 2009 and 
lower commissions paid in 2010 on mortgage loans originated and sold in the secondary market as a result of decreased origination and refinancing 
volume and a change in the commission structure for each loan originated and sold. Net occupancy expense declined slightly by $55,000, or 1.96%, 
as a result of lower repairs and maintenance expense.  

Income Taxes  
Our income tax benefit during 2011 was $2.8 million, compared to our income tax benefit of $1.6 million during 2010, and income tax benefit of $8.5 
million during 2009. The benefit in 2011 reflects our net loss for the 2011 fiscal year. Our consolidated effective income tax rates, before 
consideration of the valuation allowance, of 36%,  

38  

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

36% and 37% for the three years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, varies from the statutory rate principally due to the effects 
of state income taxes. Due to the Company’s losses recorded over the last four years, the Company assessed the deferred tax asset during 2011 
and recognized a $12.6 million valuation allowance on the deferred tax asset based on historical and current information available relating to the 
Company’s ability to recognize the deferred tax asset in future near term periods. As the Company shows profits in the future, portions of this 
allowance may be able to be recognized in future years.  

Financial Condition  
Total assets for the Company at December 31, 2011 were $654.5 million, a decrease of $68.6 million, or 9.49%, compared to $723.1 million at 
December 31, 2010. Deposits were $490.4 million compared with $541.2 million at December 31, 2010, a decrease of $50.8 million, or 9.39%. 
Stockholders’ equity was $40.5 million at December 31, 2011 compared with $57.2 million at December 31, 2010, a decrease of $16.7 million, or 
29.23%.  

Investment securities. The primary objectives of our investment portfolio are to secure the safety of principal, to provide adequate liquidity and to 
provide securities for use in pledging for public funds or repurchase agreements. Income is a secondary consideration. As a result, we generally 
do not invest in corporate debt, sub-prime mortgages and other higher yielding investments. As of December 31, 2011, the securities in our 
investment portfolio were classified as available-for-sale in order to provide us with an additional source of liquidity when necessary and as 
pledging requirements permit.  

Total investment securities at December 31, 2011 were $61.8 million, a decrease of $1.8 million, or 2.91%, compared to $63.6 million at December 31, 
2010. The Company had $67.0 million in available-for-sale securities called or mature during 2011 and at this time the Company has only reinvested 
$64.9 million of the funds into purchases of available for sale securities as a result of the current rate environment.  

The following table presents the composition of our available-for-sale investment portfolio by major category at the dates indicated.  

INVESTMENT SECURITIES PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION  

(In thousands) 
U.S. government sponsored agency securities 
Equity and other securities 

Total 

2011     

At December 31,
2010     

$61,171    
619    
$61,790    

$63,039    
601    
$63,640    

2009  

$72,163  
594  
$72,757  

The following table sets forth the maturities, carrying value, and average yields for securities in our investment portfolio at December 31, 2011. 
Yields are presented on a tax equivalent basis. Expected maturities could differ from contractual maturities due to unscheduled repayments.  

MATURITY OF INVESTMENTS IN AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES  

(In thousands) 
Available-For-Sale 

U.S. government sponsored 

agency 

Equity and other securities with 

no defined maturity 

Total available-for-sale 

   One Year or Less

Carrying

Value     

Average
Yield  

  One to Five Years  
Average
Yield  

Value     

Carrying

Carrying

Five to Ten Years  
Average
Yield  

Value     

More Than Ten 
Years

Total Investment 
Securities

Carrying

Value     

Average
Yield  

Carrying

Value     

Average
Yield  

   $ 6,024       0.90%   $30,011       0.88%   $25,136       2.60%   $ —         —  %   $61,171       1.59% 

     —         —    
  —         —    
   $ 6,024       0.90%   $30,011       0.88%   $25,136       2.60%   $ —         —  %   $61,790       1.60% 

  —         —    

  —         —    

619       2.98  

39  

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Loans Held for Sale. Mortgage loans held for sale at December 31, 2011 totaled $5.7 million, a decrease of $2.5 million, or 30.34%, compared to $8.2 
million at December 31, 2010. The Company has elected to carry loans held for sale at fair value. The volume of loans held for sale originated during 
2011 slowed as a result of a slow down in mortgage originations and refinancing due to the economic environment. The Company’s principal 
funding source for mortgage loans held for sale are our core deposits. Core deposits are demand deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, 
savings deposits and time deposits less than $250,000 (excluding brokered deposits).  

Loans. Our loan portfolio is a key source of income, and since our inception, has been a principal component of our revenue. Our loan portfolio 
reflects an emphasis on commercial, commercial real estate, construction, home equity and real estate lending. We also offer lease financing and 
consumer loans. We emphasize commercial lending to professionals, businesses and their owners. Commercial loans and loans secured by 
commercial real estate accounted for 64.83%, 63.65% and 55.96% of our total loans at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  

Loans were $438.8 million at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $53.7 million, or 10.89%, compared to December 31, 2010. The Bank experienced 
decreases in most loan categories during 2011. These decreases were attributable to several larger loans paying off, the foreclosure of 
approximately $17.4 million of foreclosed assets held for sale during 2011, and lower loan originations due to the current economic conditions and a 
decline in new construction within our market area.  

The loan to deposit ratio decreased to 89.48% at December 31, 2011, compared to 90.99% at December 31, 2010, and 93.90% at December 31, 2009.  

The following table sets forth the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio by loan type as of the dates indicated. The amounts in the 
following table are shown net of discounts and other deductions.  

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 

Total loans and leases 

Less allowance for loan losses 
Loans, net 

2011
   Amount      Percent  

2010
  Amount      Percent  

As of December 31,
2009
  Amount      Percent  
(In thousands)
  $130,398      29.71%   $144,181      29.28%   $142,528      25.72%   $172,647      26.06%   $139,120      23.32% 
    167,581      30.24  
    154,109      35.12  
    113,077      20.41  
    48,438      11.04  
    66,586      12.02  
    59,750      13.61  
8.12  
    45,014     
8.63  
    37,882     
2.03  
    11,259     
0.52  
2,268     
1.46  
8,066     
1.37  
5,998     

    169,253      34.37  
    64,641      13.13  
    64,289      13.05  
7.49  
    36,903     
1.12  
5,530     
1.56  
7,657     

    170,697      25.77  
    182,933      27.62  
8.94  
    59,257     
6.60  
    43,695     
2.86  
    18,927     
2.15  
    14,245     

    150,655      25.25  
    188,229      31.55  
6.45  
    38,473     
6.29  
    37,511     
3.30  
    19,724     
3.84  
    22,934     

2008
  Amount      Percent  

2007
  Amount      Percent  

    438,843     100.00%     492,454     100.00%     554,111     100.00%     662,401     100.00%     596,646     100.00% 
    13,189    
  $425,654    

    14,731    
  $477,723    

    12,368    
  $650,033    

8,982    
  $587,664    

    20,000    
  $534,111    

Collateral and Concentration. Management monitors concentrations of loans to individuals or businesses involved in a single industry over 25% 
of Tier 1 Capital and concentrations in excess of 10% of total loans. At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, substantially all of our loans were 
collateralized with real estate, inventory, accounts receivable and/or other assets or were guaranteed by the Small Business Administration. Loans 
to individuals and businesses in the construction industry totaled $48.4 million, or 11.04%, of total loans, as of December 31, 2011. Of the $48.4 
million, approximately $18.3 million were for new single and multi-family housing construction and $19.7 million were for land subdivisions. The 
builder and developer loan portfolio has been a consistent component of our loan portfolio over our history. However, new loan origination 
volume in this industry has slowed as a result of the decline in the real estate and construction industry. The Bank’s lending limit under federal law 
to any one borrower was $19.3 million at December 31, 2011. The Bank’s largest single borrower, net of participations, at December 31, 2011 had 
outstanding loans of $15.4 million.  

40  

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents 

The following table presents the aggregate maturities of loans in each major category of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011, excluding the 
allowance for loan and valuation losses. Additionally, the table presents the dollar amount of all loans due more than one year after December 31, 
2011 which have predetermined interest rates (fixed) or adjustable interest rates (variable). Actual maturities may differ from the contractual 
maturities shown below as a result of renewals and prepayments or the timing of loan sales.  

MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITIES OF LOANS TO  
CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES  

As of December 31, 2011

Less than
one year     

One to 
five years     

Over 
five years    

     More than One Year  

Total

Fixed      Variable 

(In thousands)
Commercial 
Commercial Real Estate 
Construction 

   $ 73,814     $ 42,268     $ 14,316     $130,398     $22,659     $33,925  
  40,623  
  8,587  

  154,109    
  48,438    

  111,540    
  10,515    

  32,395    
  37,503    

  10,174    
420    

  81,091    
  2,348    

Non-accrual loans included in the more than one year category for fixed rate loans were $208,000 and for variable rate loans were $264,000.  

Non-performing Assets  
Non-performing assets consist primarily of loans past due 90 days or more, non-accrual loans and foreclosed real estate. Generally loans are placed 
on non-accrual status at 90 days past due and interest accrued to date is considered a loss, unless the loan is well-secured and in the process of 
collection. Interest accrued but not collected for the loans placed on non-accrual or charged off is reversed against interest income. The interest on 
these loans is generally accounted for on a cash basis or a cost recovery method, meaning interest is not recognized until the past due balance has 
been collected. Loans may be returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future 
payments are reasonably assured.  

41  

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
  
    
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
  
  
 
Table of Contents 

The following table sets forth our non-performing assets as of the dates indicated:  

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS  

(In thousands)
Commercial and all other loans: 
Past due 90 days or more 
Non-accrual 

Commercial real estate loans: 

Past due 90 days or more 
Non-accrual 
Construction loans: 

Past due 90 days or more 
Non-accrual 
Home equity loans: 

Past due 90 days or more 
Non-accrual 

Residential real estate loans: 

Past due 90 days or more 
Non-accrual 

Lease financing: 

Past due 90 days or more 
Non-accrual 

Consumer loans: 

Past due 90 days or more 
Non-accrual 

Debt securities and other assets (excluding other real estate owned and other 

repossessed assets): 

Past due 90 days or more 
Non-accrual 

Total non-performing loans 

Foreclosed assets held for sale 

Total non-performing assets 
Total non-performing loans to total loans 
Total non-performing loans to total assets 
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans 
Non-performing assets to loans and foreclosed assets held for sale 

2011  

2010  

2009  

2008  

2007  

As of December 31,

$ —    
  2,029  

$ —    
  2,896  

$ —    
  1,327  

$ —    
  2,143  

$

680  
60  

  —    
  1,340  

  —    
  10,088  

  —    
  13,267  

  —    
  1,951  

  —    
512  

  —    
  3,058  

  —    
  10,417  

  —    
  11,205  

  —    
  32,110  

  10,699  
  10,115  

  —    
  2,676  

  —    
  1,211  

  —    
344  

  —    
488  

637  
  —    

  —    
  2,204  

  —    
  5,553  

  —    
  8,404  

  —    
  6,129  

  1,194  
189  

  —    
18  

  —    
140  

  —    
335  

  —    
475  

11  
  1,084  

  —    
  —    

  —    
52  

  —    
6  

  —    
36  

13  
  —    

  —    
  —    
  11,325  
  29,246  
$40,571  

  —    
  —    
  30,357  
  20,144  
$50,501  

  —    
  —    
  34,888  
  19,434  
$54,322  

  —    
  —    
  43,332  
  4,783  
$48,115  

  —    
  —    
  25,194  
  2,523  
$27,717  

2.58%  
1.73  
  116.46  
8.67  

6.16%  
4.20  
  48.53  
9.85  

6.30%  
4.51  
  57.33  
9.47  

6.54%  
5.31  
  28.54  
7.21  

4.22% 
3.42  
  35.65  
4.63  

Non-performing assets. Non-performing assets decreased to $40.6 million at December 31, 2011 from $50.5 million at December 31, 2010, an 
improvement of 19.66%. Non-performing loans decreased to $11.3 million at December 31, 2011 from $30.4 million at December 31, 2010, an 
improvement of 62.69%. The decrease was attributed to a decline in non-performing commercial real estate loans by $8.7 million, non-performing 
construction loans by $7.4 million and non-performing residential real estate loans by $3.3 million from December 31, 2010. The decrease in 
commercial real estate loans was the result of the foreclosure on three credit relationships and the result of two credit relationships being upgraded 
to pass rated loans due to improvement in the credit quality of the borrowers and the borrowers having shown a history and ability to pay as 
agreed. The decline in non-performing construction loans was primarily the result of foreclosure on three builder portfolios and the decrease in 
residential real estate was the result of foreclosure on two builder portfolios. The decrease was partly offset by an increase in non-performing 
home equity loans by $1.5 million due to the deterioration in the credit quality of one credit relationship. If the real estate industry and general 
economy continue to decline, the Company could experience an increase in non-performing loans and foreclosed assets held for sale. We closely 
monitor non-performing credit relationships and our philosophy has been to value non-performing loans at their estimated collectible value and 
aggressively manage these situations. Foreclosed assets were $29.2 million as of December 31, 2011, compared to $20.1 million at December 31, 
2010. During 2011, the Company sold $5.6 million in foreclosed assets and transferred $17.4 million in loans to foreclosed assets. The Company is 
actively marketing these properties and working to reduce the balance of foreclosed assets held for sale.  

42  

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

For the five years ended December 31, 2011, our average year-end ratio of non-performing loans to total loans was 5.16%. As of December 31, 2011, 
our ratio of non-performing loans to total loans was 2.58%, which is below our recent historical averages primarily due to the Bank’s focus on 
improving credit quality. As of December 31, 2011, our ratio of allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans was 116.46%, compared to 
48.53% at December 31, 2010. The Bank continues to aggressively manage defaults in the loan portfolio. Management intends to continue to 
vigorously pursue collection of all charged-off loans.  

The following table sets forth the amount of gross interest income that would have been recorded had the non-accrual loans in the Non-
Performing Asset table on page 42 been current and accruing during the period and the amount of interest income on the non-performing loans 
included in net income for the year ended December 31, 2011.  

(In thousands)
Gross interest income (since date of non-accrual) if the loans had 

been current and accruing interest 

Interest income reversed at time loan placed on non-accrual 
Cash interest received during the period 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2011 

$

681  
115  
270  

Impaired Loans. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will not receive all scheduled 
payments of principal and interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. This includes loans that are delinquent 90 days or 
more, non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings and certain other loans identified by management. For loans placed on non-accrual, accrual 
of interest is discontinued and interest accrued but not collected is reversed against interest income at the time the loans are delinquent 90 days or 
when management believes that full collection of principal and interest under the original loan contract is unlikely to occur. Interest on non-accrual 
loans is generally accounted for on a cash basis or cost recovery method, meaning interest is not recognized until the full past due principal and 
interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.  

Impaired loans totaled $31.2 million at December 31, 2011, $51.1 million at December 31, 2010, and $35.0 million at December 31, 2009, with related 
allowances for loan losses of $6.6 million, $6.2 million, and $6.6 million, respectively.  

Included in certain loan categories in the impaired loans are loans designated as troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired. At 
December 31, 2011, the Company had $2.6 million of commercial loans, $5.2 million of commercial real estate loans, $13.7 million of construction 
loans, $3.3 million of residential real estate loans and $290,000 of lease financing loans that were modified in troubled debt restructurings and 
classified as impaired.  

Total interest income of $1.2 million, $93,000 and $497,000 was recognized on average impaired loans of $39.4 million, $53.8 million and $41.7 million 
for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Included in this total is cash basis interest income of $270,000, $88,000 and $212,000 recognized on non-
accrual impaired loans during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  

43  

  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
Table of Contents 

Allowance For Loan Losses. The adequacy of the allowance is analyzed monthly based on internal loan reviews and quality measurements of our 
loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is increased by provisions charged to expense and reduced by loans charged-off, net of recoveries. 
The Bank computes its allowance by assigning specific reserves to impaired loans, and then applies general reserves, based on loss factors, to the 
remainder of the loan portfolio. The loss factors are determined based on such items as management’s evaluation of risk in the portfolio, current 
and projected local and national economic conditions, loan growth, loan trends and classifications and historical loss experience. Specific 
allowances are accrued on specific loans evaluated for impairment for which the basis of each loan, including accrued interest, exceeds the 
discounted amount of expected future collections of interest and principal or, alternatively, the fair value of the loan collateral.  

The following table sets forth information regarding changes in our allowance for loan and valuation losses for the periods indicated.  

SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE  
AND RELATED INFORMATION  

(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period 
Loans charged-off: 

Commercial loans 
Commercial real estate loans 
Construction loans 
Home equity loans 
Residential real estate loans 
Lease financing 
Consumer loans 

Total loans charged-off 

Recoveries: 

Commercial loans 
Commercial real estate loans 
Construction loans 
Home equity loans 
Residential real estate loans 
Lease financing 
Consumer loans 

Total recoveries 
Net loans charged-off 
Allowance of acquired company 
Provision for loan losses 
Balance at end of period 
Loans outstanding: 
Average 
End of period 

Average 
End of period 
Ratio of net charge-offs to: 
Average loans 
End of period loans 

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to loans outstanding: 

2011

2010

As of and for the 
Year Ended December 31,
2009

2008

2007

   $ 14,731  

  $ 20,000  

  $ 12,368  

  $

8,982  

  $

6,106  

582  
1,218  
2,352  
725  
637  
  —    
  —    
5,514  

1,364  
2,985  
3,662  
387  
660  
43  
7  
9,108  

4,713  
374  
7,716  
653  
1,480  
109  
58  
  15,103  

6,603  
262  
6,022  
127  
424  
372  
112  
  13,922  

215  
  —    
244  
  —    
49  
139  
16  
663  

282  
91  
60  
48  
157  
25  
9  
672  
4,842  
  —    
3,300  
   $ 13,189  

390  
171  
123  
17  
11  
14  
18  
744  
8,364  
  —    
3,095  
  $ 14,731  

259  
123  
592  
31  
72  
21  
2  
1,100  
  14,003  
  —    
  21,635  
  $ 20,000  

223  
  —    
24  
  —    
1  
29  
6  
283  
  13,639  
  —    
  17,025  
  $ 12,368  

294  
1  
  —    
  —    
6  
9  
14  
324  
339  
360  
2,855  
8,982  

  $

   $465,053  
  438,843  

  $518,010  
  492,454  

  $608,080  
  554,111  

  $631,673  
  662,401  

  $563,224  
  596,646  

2.84%  
3.01  

1.04  
1.10  

2.84%  
2.99  

1.61  
1.70  

3.29%  
3.61  

2.30  
2.53  

1.96%  
1.87  

2.16  
2.06  

1.59% 
1.51  

0.06  
0.06  

44  

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

The following table shows our allocation of the allowance for loan losses by specific category at the end of each of the periods shown. 
Management attempts to allocate specific portions of the allowance for loan losses based on specifically identifiable problem loans. However, the 
allocation of the allowance to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb 
losses in any category.  

ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  

2011

2010

As of December 31,
2009

2008

2007

% of 
Total 
Allowance 

% of 
Total 
Allowance 

  Amount     

   Amount     

% of 
Total 
Allowance 

% of 
Total 
Allowance 

% of 
Total 
Allowance 

  Amount    

  Amount     

  Amount     

   $ 2,987      
     3,772      
     2,721      
     1,338      
     2,312      
30      
29      

22.65%   $ 3,339      
  3,974      
28.60  
  4,579      
20.63  
  1,262      
10.14  
  1,488      
17.53  
38      
0.23  
51      
0.22  

22.66%   $ 3,630      
  7,253      
26.98  
  5,929      
31.08  
  1,061      
8.57  
  1,737      
10.10  
238      
0.26  
152      
0.35  

18.15%   $ 3,040      
  2,507      
36.27  
  4,695      
29.65  
409      
5.30  
  1,201      
8.68  
449      
1.19  
67      
0.76  

24.58%   $ 1,790      
  1,597      
20.27  
  4,188      
37.96  
247      
3.31  
377      
9.71  
664      
3.63  
119      
0.54  

19.93% 
17.78  
46.63  
2.75  
4.20  
7.39  
1.32  

   $13,189       100.00%   $14,731       100.00%   $20,000       100.00%   $12,368       100.00%   $ 8,982       100.00% 

(In thousands)
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 
Total 

Deposits. Deposits are the primary funding source for the Company. Deposits declined by $50.8 million, or 9.39%, to $490.4 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2011, compared to $541.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decline in deposits was attributed to a decrease in 
time deposits by $55.2 million, or 24.91%. The decline in time deposits was a result of a higher rate time deposit promotion that matured during the 
third quarter of 2011 and approximately $22.9 million in time deposits were not renewed at this time due to rate environment. As a result of lower 
time deposit rates, as time deposits mature some have not renewed or have invested their funds in a higher yielding products such as our 
Performance and Ultimate Checking products. This decrease was offset by an increase in savings, NOW and money market deposits by $4.6 
million, or 2.10%. The increase in savings, NOW and money market deposits was the result of growth experienced in money market and savings 
accounts. The Company’s Performance and Ultimate Checking products continue to be attractive to our market as these products pay a higher rate 
of interest to the customer as long as the customer meets the signature based debit card transactions qualifications and at least one ACH or direct 
deposit each statement qualification cycle. The Bank realizes non-interest income from the signature based debit card transactions that when 
netted against the high rate paid to the customer, results in a very attractive cost of funds for the Bank. The Performance and Ultimate Checking 
products have enabled us to focus more on transaction based deposits that develop stronger customer relationships with the Bank versus time 
deposits that are principally rate driven. We believe this will yield a lower cost funding base over time and positively impact the value of our 
franchise. We have traditionally offered market-competitive rates on our deposit products and believe they provide us with a more attractive 
source of funds than other alternative sources such as Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, due to our ability to cross-sell additional services to 
these account holders. In addition, we continue to analyze alternative strategies to grow our deposits including opening additional banking 
centers in markets management considers underserved, offering new products, and obtaining brokered deposits as allowed by our Funds 
Management policy and as deemed prudent by management and our Board of Directors.  

45  

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
      
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

The following table sets forth the balances for each major category of our deposit accounts and the weighted-average interest rates paid for 
interest-bearing deposits for the periods indicated:  

DEPOSITS  

2011
Percent 
of 
Deposits 

Weighted 
Average 
Rate

   Balance     

Year Ended December 31,
2010
Percent 
of 
Deposits 

Weighted 
Average 
Rate

Balance     

2009
Percent 
Of 
Deposits 

Balance     

(In thousands)
Demand 
Savings 
Interest-bearing demand 
Money Market 
Time Deposits 

Total deposits 

   $100,842       20.56%  
     13,814      
2.82  
     133,702       27.26  
     75,468       15.39  
     166,587       33.97  
   $490,413      100.00%  

  —  %   $100,975       18.65%  

  —  %   $ 91,158       15.45%  

0.19  
1.21  
0.46  
1.99  

  11,040      
2.04  
  140,697       26.00  
  66,670       12.32  
  221,836       40.99  
  $541,218      100.00%  

0.24  
1.86  
0.56  
2.56  

8,947      

1.52  
  117,519       19.91  
  77,779       13.18  
  294,707       49.94  
  $590,110      100.00%  

Weighted 
Average 
Rate

  —  % 
0.25  
2.69  
0.55  
3.18  

The following table sets forth the amount of our time deposits that are $100,000 and greater by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 
2011:  

AMOUNTS AND MATURITIES OF  
TIME DEPOSITS OF $100,000 OR MORE  

(In thousands)
Three months or less 
Over three months through six months 
Over six months through twelve months 
Over twelve months 
Total 

As of December 31, 2011

Amount

$

$

27,894     
8,375     
23,628     
26,454     
86,351     

Weighted 
Average 
Rate

0.97% 
0.89  
1.53  
2.40  
1.56% 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  
Liquidity. Liquidity is measured by a financial institution’s ability to raise funds through deposits, borrowed funds, capital, or the sale of 
marketable assets, such as residential mortgage loans or a portfolio of SBA loans. Other sources of liquidity, including cash flow from the 
repayment of loans, are also considered in determining whether liquidity is satisfactory. Liquidity is also achieved through growth of core 
deposits, liquid assets and accessibility to the money and capital markets. The funds are used to meet deposit withdrawals, maintain reserve 
requirements, fund loans and operate the organization. Core deposits, defined as demand deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings 
deposits and time deposits less than $250,000 (excluding brokered deposits), were 88.93% of our total deposits at December 31, 2011 and 86.48% of 
total deposits at December 31, 2010. Although classified as brokered deposits for regulatory purposes, funds placed through the CDARS program 
are Bank customer relationships that management views as core deposits. If CDARS deposits under $250,000 placed in the CDARS program are 
added back, our core deposit ratio would be 93.91% at December 31, 2011 and 91.83% at December 31, 2010. Generally, the Company’s funding 
strategy is to fund loan growth with core deposits and utilize alternative sources of funds such as advances/borrowings from the Federal Home 
Loan Bank of Topeka (“FHLB”), as well as the brokered CD market to provide for additional liquidity needs, as necessary, and take advantage of 
opportunities for lower costs.  

46  

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents 

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks governed and regulated by 
the Federal Housing Finance Board. The Federal Home Loan Banks provide a central credit facility for member institutions. The Bank, as a member 
of the FHLB of Topeka, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Topeka in an amount of 0.2% of our total assets as of 
December 31 of the preceding calendar year to meet the asset based stock requirement and 5.00% of our total outstanding FHLB advances to meet 
the activity-based stock requirement. The Bank is currently in compliance with this requirement, with a $4.5 million investment in stock of the FHLB 
of Topeka as of December 31, 2011. The Bank had $82.5 million in outstanding long-term advances from the FHLB of Topeka at December 31, 2011 
and 2010. If needed, FHLB borrowings are also used to fund originations of mortgage loans held for sale. Advance availability with the FHLB 
fluctuates depending on levels of available collateral and is determined daily with regards to mortgage loans held for sale and quarterly with 
regards to overall availability. Advances are made at the discretion of the FHLB. At December 31, 2011, approximately $16.3 million was available 
but unused as the Bank was operating with cash and cash equivalents of approximately $99.9 million.  

The Company uses other forms of short-term debt for cash management and liquidity management purposes on a limited basis. These forms of 
borrowings include federal funds purchased and revolving lines of credit (see Note 10 of the Consolidated Financial Statements). The Bank has a 
line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City. The availability on the line of credit fluctuates depending on the level of available 
collateral, which includes commercial and commercial real estate loans. Availability on the line of credit at December 31, 2011 was $32.6 million. 
Advances are made at the discretion of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City.  

The Company also uses the brokered market as a source of liquidity. The Bank is a member of the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service 
which effectively allows depositors to receive FDIC insurance on amounts greater than the FDIC insurance limit, which is $250,000. CDARS allows 
the Bank to break large deposits into smaller amounts and place them in a network of other CDARS banks to ensure that full FDIC insurance 
coverage is gained on the entire deposit. CDARS has enabled us to maintain our customer relationships as well as provide funding for the 
Company to maintain its liquidity position. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank had approximately $34.5 million in brokered deposits of which $24.4 
million were customer funds placed in the CDARS program, as compared to $45.9 million in brokered deposits of which $29.0 million were customer 
funds placed in the CDARS program at December 31, 2010. The decrease in brokered deposits during 2011 was primarily the result of $6.8 million in 
brokered deposits maturing and not renewed during 2011. The Company has worked on replacing brokered funds with core deposits through time 
deposit promotions and generating increased interest in our Performance and Ultimate checking products.  

As a result of an agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank and the Office of the State Banking Commissioner of Kansas, prior regulatory approval 
is currently required prior to the payment of any dividends by the Bank. In prior years, the Company has relied on dividends from the Bank to 
assist in making debt service and dividend payments. The Company has also agreed at the request of the Federal Reserve Bank, to defer interest 
payments and not pay dividends on trust preferred securities or any of its equity securities without prior regulatory approval in an effort to 
preserve capital. As a result, the Company has deferred the quarterly payment of interest related to trust preferred securities of BVBC Capital Trust 
III since March 31, 2009 and the quarterly payment of interest related to trust preferred securities of BVBC Capital Trust II since April 24, 2009. In 
addition, at the request of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, the Company has deferred the quarterly dividend payment on the Preferred 
Shares due to the Treasury since May 15, 2009. As part of the agreement with the Treasury, dividends compound if they accrue and are not paid. 
Failure by the Company to pay the Preferred Share dividend is not an event of default. However, a failure to pay a total of six Preferred Share 
dividends, whether or not consecutive, gives the holders of the Preferred Shares the right to elect two directors to the Company’s Board of 
Directors. That right continues until the Company pays all dividends in arrears. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has deferred 11 dividend 
payments. At this time, the Treasury has not elected any directors to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors; however, they have assigned an 
observer to attend the Company’s board meetings. The Company has accrued for the interest and the dividends and has every intention to bring 
the obligation current as soon as permitted. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has accrued $5.6 million for dividends and interest on 
outstanding trust preferred securities and Preferred Shares. There are other ancillary expenses related to legal and accounting fees which could be 
incurred without the ability of the Bank to make a dividend to the Company. The Company currently maintains cash balances sufficient to cover 
such ancillary expenses for several years based on historical expense amounts.  

47  

  
Table of Contents 

The following table sets forth a summary of our short-term debt during and as of the end of each period indicated.  

(In thousands)
At or for the year ended December 31, 2011: 
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings 
Federal Funds purchased 
Federal Reserve Bank line of credit 
Repurchase agreements and other interest bearing 

liabilities 
Total 

At or for the year ended December 31, 2010: 
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings 
Federal Funds purchased 
Federal Reserve Bank line of credit 
Repurchase agreements and other interest bearing 

liabilities 
Total 

At or for the year ended December 31, 2009: 
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings 
Federal Funds purchased 
Federal Reserve Bank line of credit 
Repurchase agreements and other interest bearing 

liabilities 
Total 

SHORT-TERM DEBT  

Amount 
outstanding 
at period 
end

Average 
amount 
outstanding 
during the 
period (1)     

Maximum 
Outstanding 
At any 

Month end     

Weighted 
average 
interest rate 
during the 
period  

Weighted 
Average 
interest rate 
at period 
end

$

$

$

$

$

$

—      
—      
—      

15,372    
15,372    

—      
—      
—      

18,748    
18,748    

—      
—      
—      

16,120    
16,120    

$

$

$

$

$

$

2    
2    
—      

17,041    
17,045    

3    
2    
—      

18,472    
18,477    

7    
8    
11    

23,235    
23,261    

$

$

$

—      
—      
—      

20,111    

—      
—      
—      

22,071    

—      
—      
—      

25,955    

0.24%  
1.14  
—    

0.24  
0.24  

0.26%  
0.98  
—    

0.24  
0.24  

0.43%  
1.20  
0.50  

0.25  
0.25  

—  % 
—    
—    

0.24  
0.24  

—  % 
—    
—    

0.24  
0.24  

—  % 
—    
—    

0.24  
0.24  

(1) Calculations are based on daily averages where available and monthly averages otherwise. 

Capital Resources. At December 31, 2011, our total stockholders’ equity was $40.5 million, and our equity to asset ratio was 6.18%. At 
December 31, 2010, our total stockholders’ equity was $57.2 million, and our equity to asset ratio was 7.91%.  

The Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based guidelines establish a risk-adjusted ratio, relating capital to different categories of assets and off-balance 
sheet exposures, such as loan commitments and standby letters of credit. These guidelines place a strong emphasis on tangible stockholder’s 
equity as the core element of the capital base, with appropriate recognition of other components of capital. At December 31, 2011, our Tier 1 capital 
ratio was 9.80%, while our total risk-based capital ratio was 12.08%, both of which exceed the capital minimums established in the risk-based capital 
requirements.  

48  

  
  
  
 
  
    
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Our risk-based capital ratios at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are presented below.  

RISK-BASED CAPITAL  

(In thousands)
Tier 1 capital 
Stockholders’ equity 
Intangible assets 
Unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on available-for-sale securities and derivative 

instruments 

Disallowed deferred tax asset 
Trust preferred securities (1) 
Total Tier 1 capital 

Tier 2 capital 
Qualifying allowance for loan losses 
Trust preferred securities (1) 
Qualifying unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities 

Total Tier 2 capital 
Total risk-based capital 

Risk weighted assets 
Ratios at end of period 
Total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio 
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio 
Tier 1 capital to average assets ratio (leverage ratio) 
Minimum guidelines 
Total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio 
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio 
Tier 1 capital to average assets ratio (leverage ratio) 

2011

December 31,
2010

2009

$ 40,455  
(321) 

(123) 
  —    
  13,444  
  53,455  

6,897  
5,556  
9  
  12,462  
$ 65,917  

$545,494  

$ 57,164  
(464) 

(30) 
(9,684) 
  19,000  
  65,986  

7,334  
  —    
  —    
7,334  
$ 73,320  

$579,334  

12.08%  
9.80%  
8.04%  

8.00%  
4.00%  
4.00%  

12.66%  
11.39%  
9.04%  

8.00%  
4.00%  
4.00%  

$ 60,603  
(607) 

(106) 
(8,435) 
  19,000  
  70,455  

7,969  
  —    
  —    
7,969  
$ 78,424  

  625,475  

12.54% 
11.26% 
9.07% 

8.00% 
4.00% 
4.00% 

(1)

Federal Reserve guidelines for calculation of Tier 1 capital limits the amount of cumulative trust preferred securities which can be included in 
Tier 1 capital to 25% of total Tier 1 capital (Tier 1 capital before reduction of intangibles). Only $13.4 million of the trust preferred securities 
balance of $19.0 million has been included in Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2011. All of the trust preferred securities balance of $19.0 
million have been included as Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. 

On December 5, 2008, the Company issued and sold to the United States Department of Treasury 21,750 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual 
Preferred Stock, along with a ten year warrant to purchase 111,083 shares of the Company’s common stock for $29.37 per share, for a total cash 
price of $21.75 million. The Transaction occurred pursuant to the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Plan which was designed to attract broad 
participation by institutions, to stabilize the financial system and to increase lending for the benefit of the U.S. economy. In connection with the 
transaction, the Company entered into a letter agreement with the Treasury which includes a Securities Purchase Agreement-Standard Terms. The 
Preferred Shares carry a 5% per year cumulative preferred dividend rate, payable quarterly. The dividend rate increases to 9% after five years. 
Dividends compound if they accrue and are not paid. During the first three years after the transaction, the Company may not redeem the Preferred 
Shares except in conjunction with a qualified equity offering meeting certain requirements. During the  

49  

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

•

•

•

•

time that the Preferred Shares are outstanding, a number of restrictions apply to the Company, including, among others:  
•

  The Preferred Shares have a senior rank. The Company is not free to issue other preferred stock that is senior to the Preferred Shares.  
  Until the third anniversary of the sale of the Preferred Shares, unless the Preferred Shares have been redeemed in whole or the Treasury has 

transferred all of the shares to a non-affiliated third party, the Company may not declare or pay a common stock dividend in an amount 
greater than the amount of the last quarterly cash dividend per share declared prior to October 14, 2008, or repurchase common stock or other 
equity shares (subject to certain limited exceptions) without the Treasury’s approval.  

  If the Company were to pay a cash dividend in the future, any such dividend would have to be discontinued if a Preferred Share dividend 
were missed. Thereafter, dividends on common stock could be resumed only if all Preferred Share dividends in arrears were paid. Similar 
restrictions apply to the Company’s ability to repurchase common stock if Preferred Share dividends are missed.  

  Failure to pay the Preferred Share dividend is not an event of default. However, a failure to pay a total of six Preferred Share dividends, 

whether or not consecutive, gives the holders of the Preferred Shares the right to elect two directors to the Company’s Board of Directors. 
That right would continue until the Company pays all dividends in arrears. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has deferred 11 Preferred 
Share dividend payments.  

  In conformity with requirements of the Securities Purchase Agreement-Standard Terms and Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic 

Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”), the Company and its subsidiary, Bank of Blue Valley, and each of its senior executive officers agreed 
to limit certain compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefits plans, arrangements, and policies with respect to the senior executive 
officers during the period that the Treasury owns any debt or equity securities acquired in connection with the Transaction. The applicable 
senior executive officers have entered into letter agreements with the Company consenting to the foregoing and have executed a waiver 
voluntarily waiving any claim against the Treasury or the Company for any changes to such senior executive officer’s compensation or 
benefits that are required to comply with Section 111(b) of EESA.  

The Warrant is exercisable immediately and expires in ten years. The Warrant has anti-dilution protections and certain other protections for the 
holder, as well as potential registration rights upon written request from the Treasury. If requested by the Treasury, the Warrant (and the 
underlying common stock) may need to be listed on a national securities exchange. The Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting rights with 
respect to common shares it may acquire upon exercise of the Warrant. If the Preferred Shares are redeemed in whole, the Company has the right to 
purchase any common shares held by the Treasury at their fair market value at that time.  

In addition to participation in the CPP, the Company had a common stock rights offering to holders of record of its common stock as of the close of 
business on November 10, 2008, of non-transferable subscription rights to purchase up to 334,000 shares of its common stock at a cash 
subscription price of $18.00 per share. The Company received gross cash proceeds of approximately $5.2 million in the rights offering with 288,943 
shares of common stock being issued. The proceeds, less expenses incurred in the rights offering, were invested in the Bank to provide additional 
capital for the Bank.  

50  

  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Contractual Obligations  
Our known contractual obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2011 are presented below.  

(In thousands) 
Time deposit obligations 
Long-term debt obligations 
Less: Deferred prepayment penalty on modification of Federal Home 

Loan Bank advances 

Total obligations 

Total

    Amortization   

Less than 
1 year

    1 – 3 years 

3 – 5 years 

More than
5 years  

Payments due by Period

   $166,587     $
  102,088    

—       $100,404    $ 40,071  
  27,500  
—      

  —     

  $ 24,447  
  30,000  

  $

1,665  
  44,588  

(1,654)  
   $267,021     $

  —    
  —     
(1,654)  
(1,654)   $100,404    $ 67,571  

  —    
  $ 54,447  

  —    
  $ 46,253  

Inflation  
The consolidated financial statements and related data presented in this report have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical 
dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, 
substantially all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on our performance 
than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as inflation. 
Additional discussion of the impact of interest rate changes is included in Item 7A: Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure About Market Risk. In 
addition, we disclose the estimated fair value of our financial instruments in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements included in this 
report.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  
The Company enters into off-balance sheet arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Our off-balance sheet arrangements generally are 
limited to commitments to extend credit, mortgage loans in the process of origination and forward commitments to sell those mortgage loans, letters 
of credit and lines of credit.  

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. 
Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since a portion of the 
commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Each 
customer’s creditworthiness is evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on 
management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and 
equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate. At December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding commitments to originate loans 
aggregating approximately $22.7 million. The commitments extend over varying periods of time with the majority being disbursed within a one-year 
period.  

Mortgage loans in the process of origination represent amounts that the Company plans to fund within a normal period of 60 to 90 days and which 
are intended for sale to investors in the secondary market. Total mortgage loans in the process of origination amounted to $1.4 million at 
December 31, 2011. Mortgage loans in the process of origination represent commitments to originate loans at both fixed and variable rates. 
Mortgage loans held for sale amounted to $5.7 million at December 31, 2011.  

Forward commitments to sell mortgage loans are obligations to sell loans at a specified price on or before a specified future date. These 
commitments are acquired to reduce market risk on mortgage loans in the process of origination  

51  

  
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

and mortgage loans held for sale since the Company is exposed to interest rate risk during the period between issuing a loan commitment and the 
sale of the loan into the secondary market. Related forward commitments to sell mortgage loans were approximately $7.1 million at December 31, 
2011.  

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Financial 
standby letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing 
and similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to 
customers. The Company had total outstanding letters of credit amounting to $853,000 at December 31, 2011, with terms ranging from one year to 
three years.  

Lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Lines of credit 
generally have fixed expiration dates. Since a portion of the line may expire without being drawn upon, the total unused lines do not necessarily 
represent future cash requirements. Each customer’s creditworthiness is evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if 
deemed necessary, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, 
inventory, property, plant and equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate. Management uses the same credit policies in granting 
lines of credit as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. At December 31, 2011, the Company has unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregating 
approximately $141.2 million for commercial, commercial real estate, and construction lines and $38.4 for open-end consumer lines of credit.  

Future Accounting Requirements  
On June 16, 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-05, Comprehensive 
Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income. This update is intended to increase the prominence of other comprehensive income 
in financial statements. The main provision of this update provides that an entity that reports items of other comprehensive income has the option 
to present comprehensive income in either one or two consecutive financial statements. In the single statement approach the entity must present 
the components of net income and total net income, the components of other comprehensive income and total other comprehensive income, and a 
total for comprehensive income. In the two-statement approach, an entity must present the components of net income and total net income in the 
first statement. That statement must be immediately followed by a financial statement that presents the components of other comprehensive 
income, a total for other comprehensive income, and a total for comprehensive income. The option in current GAAP that permits the presentation 
of other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity has been eliminated. The amendments for this update should be applied 
retrospectively. For public entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after 
December 15, 2011. Management does not anticipate that this update will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements.  

On December 23, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the 
Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05. This 
update defers the specific requirement to present items that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income 
separately with their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income. This update does not defer the requirement to report 
comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive financial statements. For public entities, the 
amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Management does not 
anticipate that this update will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

52  

  
Table of Contents 

Regulatory Matters  
The Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank, entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City as of 
November 4, 2009. This agreement was a result of an examination that was completed by the regulators in May 2009, and relates primarily to the 
Bank’s asset quality. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company and the Bank agreed, among other things, to submit an enhanced written 
plan to strengthen credit risk management practices and improve the Bank’s position on the past due loans, classified loans, and other real estate 
owned; review and revise its allowance for loan and lease loss methodology and maintain an adequate allowance for loan loss; maintain sufficient 
capital at the Company and Bank level; and improve the Bank’s earnings and overall condition. The Company and Bank have also agreed not to 
increase or guarantee any debt, purchase or redeem any shares of stock or declare or pay any dividends without prior written approval from the 
Federal Reserve Bank. The Company and the Bank have substantially complied with all terms of the written agreement.  

53  

  
Table of Contents 

Item 7A:

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure About Market Risk 

As a continuing part of our financial strategy, we attempt to manage the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on our net interest income. 
This effort entails providing a reasonable balance between interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and maintenance of yield. Our funds 
management policy and interest rate risk policy are established by our Bank Board of Directors and monitored by our Asset/Liability Management 
Committee. Our funds management policy sets standards within which we are expected to operate. These standards include guidelines for 
liquidity, loan limits as a percentage of funding sources, exposure to correspondent banks and brokers, and reliance on non-core deposits. Our 
funds management policy also establishes the reporting requirements to our Bank Board of Directors. Our interest rate risk policy includes 
guidelines for exposure and monitoring interest rate risk fluctuations and establishes reporting requirements to the Bank’s Board of Directors. Our 
investment policy complements our funds management policy by establishing criteria by which we may purchase securities. These criteria include 
approved types of securities, brokerage sources, terms of investment, quality standards, and diversification. Our liquidity contingency funding 
plan is established by our Bank Board of Directors and monitored by our Asset/Liability Management Committee. Our liquidity contingency 
funding plan sets guidelines for the Company to monitor and control its liquidity position as well as ensure appropriate contingency liquidity 
plans are actively in place and consistent with the current and forecasted needs of the Company.  

We use an asset/liability modeling system to analyze the Company’s current sensitivity to instantaneous and permanent changes in interest rates. 
The system simulates the Company’s asset and liability base and projects future net interest income results under several interest rate 
assumptions. This allows management to view how changes in interest rates will affect the spread between the yield received on assets and the 
cost of deposits and borrowed funds.  

The asset/liability modeling system is also used to analyze the net economic value of equity at risk under instantaneous shifts in interest rates. 
The “net economic value of equity at risk” is defined as the market value of assets less the market value of liabilities plus/minus the market value of 
any off-balance sheet positions. By effectively looking at the present value of all future cash flows on or off the balance sheet, the net economic 
value of equity modeling takes a longer-term view of interest rate risk.  

We strive to maintain a position such that current changes in interest rates will not affect net interest income or the economic value of equity by 
more than 5%, per 50 basis points. The following table sets forth the estimated percentage change in the Bank’s net interest income over the next 
twelve month period and net economic value of equity at risk at December 31, 2011 based on the indicated instantaneous and permanent changes 
in interest rates.  

Changes in Interest Rates
200 basis point rise 
100 basis point rise 
Base Rate Scenario 
25 basis point decline 

Net Interest 
Income 
(next 12 months) 

Net Economic 
Value of 
Equity at Risk 

17.13%   
7.13%   
—    
(2.48)%  

5.44% 
2.96% 
—    
(1.82)% 

The above table indicates that, at December 31, 2011, in the event of a sudden and sustained increase in prevailing market rates, our net interest 
income would be expected to increase. This is a result of an increase in our interest-bearing demand deposit balances, specifically our Performance 
and Ultimate Checking accounts. The increase in interest-bearing demand deposit balances provides the Company with greater control over the 
cost of its funding base and enables the Company to expand its net interest margin in an increasing rate environment. The Bank has placed floors 
on its loans over the last several years which would limit the decline in yield earned on the loan portfolio in a declining rate environment. Another 
consideration in a rising interest rate scenario is the impact of mortgage financing, which could decline, leading to lower loans held for sale fee 
income, though the impact is difficult to quantify or project. In the decreasing rate scenarios, the adjustable rate assets (loans) reprice to lower 
rates faster than our liabilities, but our liabilities – long-term FHLB advances and existing time deposits – would not decrease in rate as much as 
market rates. In addition, fixed rate loans might experience an increase in prepayments, further decreasing yields on earning assets and causing net 
income to decrease.  

54  

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

The above table also indicates that, at December 31, 2011, in the event of a sudden increase in prevailing market rates, the economic value of our 
equity would increase. Given our current asset/liability position, a 100 and 200 basis point increase in interest rates will result in an increase in the 
economic value of our equity as the change in estimated gain on liabilities exceeds the change in estimated loss on assets in this interest rate 
scenario. Currently, under an increasing rate environment, the Company’s estimated market value of loans could decrease slightly due to fixed rate 
loans and investments with rates lower than market rates. These assets have a likelihood to remain until maturity in this rate environment. 
However, the estimated market value decrease in fixed rate loans and investment securities would be offset by time deposits unable to reprice to 
higher rates immediately and fixed-rate callable advances from FHLB. The likelihood of advances being called in a rising rate environment increases 
resulting in advances being repriced prior to maturity. Given our current asset/liability position, a 25 basis point decline in interest rates will result 
in a decrease in the economic value of our equity. Currently, under a falling rate environment, the Company’s estimated market value of loans 
could increase as a result of fixed rate loans, net of possible prepayments. However, the estimated market value increase in fixed rate loans is offset 
by time deposits unable to reprice to lower rates immediately and fixed-rate callable advances from FHLB. The likelihood of advances being called 
in a decreasing rate environment is diminished resulting in the advances existing until final maturity, which has the effect of lowering the economic 
value of equity.  

55  

  
Table of Contents 

The following table summarizes the anticipated maturities or repricing of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities as of 
December 31, 2011, based on the information and assumptions set forth below.  

INTEREST-RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS  

Interest-Earning Assets: 
Fixed Rate Loans 

Average Interest Rate 

Variable Rate Loans 

Average Interest Rate 

Fixed Rate Investments 

Average Interest Rate 

Variable Rate Investments 

Average Interest Rate 

Interest Bearing Deposits 

Average Interest Rate 

Federal Funds Sold 

Average Interest Rate 

   0-90 Days  

91-365 Days 

Expected Maturity or Repricing Date 
(In thousands)
1 to 2 years 

1 year

2 to 5 years 

  Thereafter 

Total

   $ 23,178  

  $

40,671  

  $ 63,849  

  $ 56,680  

  $ 51,275  

  $ 14,716  

  $186,520  

4.44%  

  234,062  

4.74%  

  —    
  —  %  

619  
2.98%  

  76,419  

0.19%  

  —    
  —  %  

6.23%  
8,487  
4.06%  

5.58%  

  242,549  

4.71%  

16,005  

  16,005  

1.00%  
—    
—  %  
—    
—  %  
—    
—  %  

1.00%  
619  
2.98%  

  76,419  

0.19%  

  —    
  —  %  

6.12%  
3,128  
5.54%  

14,991  

0.58%  
—    
—  %  
—    
—  %  
—    
—  %  

6.27%  

11,982  

5.86%  

6.07%  
350  
3.88%  

5.97% 

  258,009  

4.78% 

10,038  

  20,137  

  61,171  

1.22%  
—    
—  %  
—    
—  %  
—    
—  %  

3.00%  

  —    
  —  %  
  —    
  —  %  
  —    
  —  %  

1.59% 
619  
2.98% 

  76,419  

0.19% 

  —    
  —  % 

Total interest-earning assets 

   $334,278  

  $

65,163  

  $399,441  

  $ 74,799  

  $ 73,295  

  $ 35,203  

  $582,738  

Interest-Bearing Liabilities: 
Interest-bearing demand 

Average Interest Rate 
Savings and money market 
Average Interest Rate 

Time deposits 

Average Interest Rate 

Funds borrowed 

Average Interest Rate 

  $133,365  

  $ —    

  $ —    

  $ —    

  $133,365  

   $133,365  

  $

1.28%  

  89,619  

0.37%  

—    
—  %  
—    
—  %  

1.28%  

  89,619  

0.37%  

  43,002  

57,407  

  100,409  

1.11%  

  79,360  

2.31%  

1.38%  
—    
—  %  

1.26%  

  79,360  

2.31%  

—  %  
—    
—  %  

30,155  

2.19%  

10,000  

3.71%  

—  %  
—    
—  %  

34,358  

2.90%  

26,446  

3.30%  

  —  %  
  —    
  —  %  
1,665  
2.38%  

  —    
  —  %  
1,665  

1.28% 

  89,619  

0.37% 

  166,587  

1.78% 

  115,806  

2.66% 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

   $345,346  

  $

57,407  

  $402,753  

  $ 40,155  

  $ 60,804  

  $

  $505,377  

Cumulative: 

Rate sensitive assets (RSA) 
Rate sensitive liabilities (RSL) 
GAP (GAP = RSA – RSL) 

RSA/RSL 
RSA/Total assets 
RSL/Total assets 
GAP/Total assets 
GAP/RSA 

   $334,278  
  345,346  
  (11,068) 

  $ 399,441  
  402,753  
(3,312) 
99.18%  
61.03  
61.54  
(0.51) 
(0.83) 

  $399,441  
  402,753  
(3,312) 
99.18%  
61.03  
61.54  
(0.51) 
(0.83) 

  $ 474,240  
  442,908  
31,332  
107.07%  
72.46  
67.68  
4.79  
6.61  

  $ 547,535  
  503,712  
43,823  
108.70%  
83.66  
76.97  
6.70  
8.00  

  $582,738  
  505,377  
  77,361  
  115.31%  
89.04  
77.22  
11.82  
13.28  

96.80%  
51.08  
52.77  
(1.69) 
(3.31) 

  $582,738  
  505,377  
  77,361  

Certain assumptions contained in the above table may affect the presentation. Although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or 
periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. The interest rates on certain types of assets and 
liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types of assets and liabilities lag behind 
changes in market interest rates.  

Disclosures about fair values of financial instruments, which reflect changes in market prices and rates, can be found in Note 20 to the 
consolidated financial statements included in this report.  

Item 8:
See index to Blue Valley Ban Corp. financial statements on page F-1.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9:
No items are reportable.  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

56  

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Item 9A:

Controls and Procedures 

Management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the 
design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2011. Based upon the evaluation, management 
concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that all material information requiring disclosure in this 
annual report was made known to them in a timely manner.  

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. During the year, 
the Company made no significant changes in internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting:  
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange 
Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the 
framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based 
on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over 
financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.  

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over 
financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of 
the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report to this annual report.  

Item 9B:
No items are reportable.  

Other Information 

57  

  
  
Table of Contents 

Part III  

Item 10:

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Information regarding the Company’s directors and executive officers is included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting 
of Stockholders and is hereby incorporated by reference.  

Information regarding the Bank’s directors and executive officers is included in Part I of this Form 10-K under the caption “Directors and Executive 
Officers of the Registrant.”  

The Company has adopted a code of conduct that applies to our principal executive, financial, and accounting officers. A copy of our code of 
conduct can be obtained free of charge by contacting us directly at:  

Investor Relations  
11935 Riley  
Overland Park, KS 66213  
913.338.1000  
Email: ir@bankbv.com  

We intend to disclose any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of our code of conduct that applies to our chief executive officer, chief 
financial officer, or chief accounting officer by posting such information to our website located at www.BankBV.com.  

Item 11:

Executive Compensation 

This information is included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is hereby incorporated by 
reference.  

Item 12:

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

This information is included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is hereby incorporated by 
reference.  

Item 13:

Certain Relationships, Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The Bank periodically makes loans to our executive officers and directors, the members of their immediate families and companies with which they 
are affiliated. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank had aggregate loans outstanding to such persons of approximately $13.1 million, which 
represented 32.32% of our stockholders’ equity of $40.5 million on that date. These loans at the time of origination:  
•

  were made in the ordinary course of business;  
  were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions 

•

•

•

with other persons not related to the Bank;  

  did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features; and  
  were being paid as agreed.  

58  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Information regarding Director Independence is included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is 
hereby incorporated by reference.  

Item 14:

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

This information is included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is hereby incorporated by 
reference.  

Part IV  

Item 15:

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)

The financial statements and financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index to consolidated financial statements and 
financial statement schedules are filed as part of this Form 10-K. 

(b)

The exhibits listed in the accompanying exhibit index are filed as part of this Form 10-K. 

(c) None 

59  

  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

SIGNATURES  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed 
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

Date: March 22, 2012 

  By:   /s/ Robert D. Regnier 

   Robert D. Regnier, President,
   Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the 
registrant and in the capacities listed on the dates indicated  

Date: March 22, 2012 

Date: March 22, 2012 

Date: March 22, 2012 

Date: March 22, 2012 

Date: March 22, 2012 

   By:   /s/ Robert D. Regnier 

   Robert D. Regnier, President,
   Chief Executive Officer and Director
   (Principal Executive Officer)

   By:   /s/ Mark A. Fortino 

   Mark A. Fortino, Chief Financial Officer
   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   By:   /s/ Donald H. Alexander 

   Donald H. Alexander, Director

   By:   /s/ Michael J. Brown 

   Michael J. Brown, Director

   By:   /s/ Robert D. Taylor 

   Robert D. Taylor, Director

60  

  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Exhibits    

  2.1    

  2.2    

  2.3    

  3.1      

  3.2      

  3.3      

  4.1      

  4.2      

  4.3      

  4.4      

  4.5      

  4.6      

  4.7      

  4.8      

  4.9      

  4.10    

  4.11    

  4.12    

10.1      

10.2    

10.3    

10.4      

10.5      

Agreement and Plan of Merger between Unison Bancorp, Inc., BVBC Acquisition I, Inc. and Blue Valley Ban Corp., dated as of 
November 2, 2006.*****

Acquisition Agreement and Plan of Merger among Northland National Bank, Blue Valley Ban Corp. and Western National Bank, 
dated as of March 2, 2007.*****

Purchase and Assumption Agreement among Northland National Bank, Bank of Blue Valley and Blue Valley Ban Corp., dated as 
of March 2, 2007.*****

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Blue Valley Ban Corp. *

Bylaws, as amended, of Blue Valley Ban Corp. *

Certificate of Designations dated December 3, 2008.******

1998 Equity Incentive Plan. *

1994 Stock Option Plan. *

Agreement as to Expenses and Liabilities. *

Indenture dated April 10, 2003, between Blue Valley Ban Corp. and Wilmington Trust Company **

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated April 10, 2003 **

Guarantee Agreement dated April 10, 2003 **

Fee Agreement dated April 10, 2003 **

Specimen of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Security **

Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of July 29, 2005 between Blue Valley Ban Corp. and Wilmington Trust Company***

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated July 29, 2005***

Guarantee Agreement dated July 29, 2005***

Warrant to purchase Common Stock dated December 5, 2008.******

Promissory Note of Blue Valley Building dated July 15, 1994. *

Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Agreement between Blue Valley Building and Businessmen’s 
Assurance Company of America, dated July 15, 1994. *

Assignment of Leases and Rents between Blue Valley Building and Businessmen’s Assurance Company of America dated July 
15, 1994. *

Line of Credit Note with JP Morgan Chase dated June 15, 2005 ****

Term Note with JP Morgan Chase dated June 15, 2005 ****

61  

  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

    10.6  

    10.7   

    11.1   

    21.1   

    23.3   

    31.1   

    31.2   

    32.1  

    99.1   

    99.2   

101.    

 *

 **

 ***

 ****

 *****

 ******   

 *******  

Letter Agreement dated December 5, 2008, including Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms, incorporated by 
reference herein, between Blue Valley Ban Corp. and the United States Department of Treasury.******

Amendment and Waiver by and among Bank of Blue Valley, Blue Valley Ban Corp. and its Senior Executive Officers.******

Statement regarding computation of per share earnings. Please see p. F-16.

Subsidiaries of Blue Valley Ban Corp.

Consent of BKD, LLP.

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 111 of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 111 of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated 
Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash 
Flow and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text*******

Filed with the SEC on April 10, 2000 as an Exhibit to Blue Valley Ban Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Amendment 
No. 1, File No. 333-34328. Exhibit incorporated herein by reference.
Filed with the SEC on March 19, 2004 as an Exhibit to Blue Valley Ban Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K. Exhibit incorporated 
herein by reference.
Filed with the SEC on August 3, 2005 as an Exhibit to Blue Valley Ban Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K. Exhibit incorporated 
herein by reference.
Filed with the SEC on March 27, 2006 as an Exhibit to Blue Valley Ban Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K. Exhibit incorporated 
herein by reference.
Filed with the SEC on March 29, 2007 as an Exhibit to Blue Valley Ban Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K. Exhibit incorporated 
herein by reference.
Filed with the SEC on December 8, 2008 as an Exhibit to Blue Valley Ban Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K. Exhibit 
incorporated herein by reference.
As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

62  

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Balance Sheets 
Statements of Operations 
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 
Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to Financial Statements 

F-1  

   Page 
 F-2  

 F-3  
 F-5  
 F-6  
 F-7  
 F-9  

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Audit Committee,  
Board of Directors and Stockholders  
Blue Valley Ban Corp.  
Overland Park, Kansas  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Blue Valley Ban Corp. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and 
the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards 
require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our 
audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing auditing procedures that are appropriate in the 
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. 
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits also included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures 
in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall 
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Blue Valley 
Ban Corp. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  

/s/ BKD, LLP  

Kansas City, Missouri  
March 22, 2012  

F-2  

  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010  
(In thousands, except share data)  
ASSETS  

Cash and due from banks 
Interest bearing deposits in other financial institutions 
Federal funds sold 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Available-for-sale securities 
Mortgage loans held for sale, fair value 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $13,189 and $14,731 in 2011 and 2010, respectively 
Premises and equipment, net 
Foreclosed assets held for sale, net 
Interest receivable 
Deferred income taxes 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, Federal Reserve Bank stock, and other securities 
Core deposit intangible asset, at amortized cost 

Total assets 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

F-3  

2011

2010

   $ 23,480     $ 37,255  
67,526  
10,000  
  114,781  
63,640  
8,162  
  477,723  
16,239  
20,144  
1,783  
10,976  
2,026  
7,163  
464  
   $ 654,452     $ 723,101  

76,419    
—      
99,899    
61,790    
5,686    
  425,654    
15,897    
29,246    
1,573    
911    
6,106    
7,369    
321    

  
  
 
  
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010  
(In thousands, except share data)  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  

Table of Contents 

LIABILITIES 
Deposits 

Demand 
Savings, NOW and money market 
Time 

Total deposits 

Other interest-bearing liabilities 
Long-term debt 
Interest payable and other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Capital stock 

Preferred stock, $1 par value, $1,000 liquidation preference Authorized 15,000,000 shares; issued and 

outstanding 2011 – 21,750 shares; 2010 – 21,750 shares 

Common stock, par value $1 per share; Authorized 15,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 2011 – 

2,879,158 shares; 2010 – 2,843,301 shares 

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit) 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax of $89 in 2011 and $20 in 2010 

Total stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

F-4  

2011

2010

$100,842    
  222,984    
  166,587    
  490,413    
  15,372    
  100,434    
7,778    
  613,997    

$100,975  
  218,407  
  221,836  
  541,218  
  18,748  
  99,757  
6,214  
  665,937  

22    

22  

2,879    
  38,511    
(1,091)  
134    
  40,455    
$654,452    

2,843  
  38,431  
  15,838  
30  
  57,164  
$723,101  

  
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS  
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  
(In thousands, except per share data)  

INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME 
Interest and fees on loans 
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments 
Available-for-sale securities 
Dividends on Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock 

Total interest and dividend income 

INTEREST EXPENSE 

Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Savings and money market deposit accounts 
Other time deposits 
Federal funds purchased and other interest-bearing liabilities 
Long-term debt, net 

Total interest expense 

NET INTEREST INCOME 
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES 
NET INTEREST INCOME (LOSS) AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES 
NON-INTEREST INCOME 

Loans held for sale fee income 
NSF charges and service fees 
Other service charges 
Realized gains on available-for-sale securities 
Other income 

Total non-interest income 

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Net occupancy expense 
Foreclosed assets expense 
Other operating expense 

Total non-interest expense 

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES 
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES 

Benefit for income taxes 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset 

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes 

NET LOSS 
DIVIDENDS AND ACCRETION ON PREFERRED STOCK 
NET LOSS AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS 
BASIC LOSS PER SHARE 
DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

F-5  

2011

2010    

2009

$ 25,277    
151    
1,202    
225    
  26,855    

1,611    
346    
3,755    
41    
3,502    
9,255    
  17,600    

3,300    
  14,300    

2,120    
944    
2,276    
  —      
984    
6,324    

  10,955    
2,599    
5,219    
7,851    
  26,624    
(6,000)  

(2,777)  
  12,600    
9,823    
  (15,823)  
1,106    
$(16,929)  
(6.03)  
$
(6.03)  

$

$28,011    
245    
  1,825    
222    
  30,303    

  2,343    
438    
  7,746    
45    
  3,791    
  14,363    
  15,940    

  3,095    
  12,845    

  3,506    
  1,062    
  2,021    
885    
  1,145    
  8,619    

  11,753    
  2,756    
  2,708    
  8,550    
  25,767    
  (4,303)  

  (1,561)  
  —      
  (1,561)  
  (2,742)  
  1,105    
$ (3,847)  
$ (1.38)  
$ (1.38)  

$ 33,996  
144  
1,943  
211  
  36,294  

2,589  
490  
  10,742  
58  
4,108  
  17,987  
  18,307  

  21,635  
(3,328) 

2,785  
1,472  
1,778  
346  
1,664  
8,045  

  12,272  
2,811  
3,862  
8,896  
  27,841  
  (23,124) 

(8,514) 
  —    
(8,514) 
  (14,610) 
1,045  
$(15,655) 

$

$

(5.68) 

(5.68) 

  
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  
(In thousands, except share data)  

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2008 

Issuance of 60,350 shares of restricted stock, net of 

forfeitures of 5,300 

Issuance of 2,495 shares of common stock for the 

employee stock purchase plan 

Net loss 
Accretion of discount on preferred shares 
Dividend on preferred shares 
Change in unrealized appreciation on available-for-
sale securities, net of income taxes (credit) of 
$(365) 

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2009 

Issuance of 29,640 shares of restricted stock, net of 

forfeitures of 7,454 

Issuance of 3,465 shares of common stock for the 

employee stock purchase plan 

Net loss 
Accretion of discount on preferred shares 
Dividend on preferred shares 
Change in unrealized appreciation on available-for-

sale securities, net of income taxes (credit) of $(49)  

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2010 

  $

Issuance of 40,666 shares of restricted stock, net of 

forfeitures of 7,437 

Issuance of 2,628 shares of common stock for the 

employee stock purchase plan 

Net loss 
Accretion of discount on preferred shares 
Dividend on preferred shares 
Change in unrealized appreciation on available-for-

sale securities, net of income taxes (credit) of $(69)  

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2011 

  $

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Comprehensive
Income (Loss)    

  $

  $

(14,610)  

Preferred

Stock    

Common

Additional
Paid-In 
Capital
22    $ 2,760    $ 37,666    $ 35,340     $

Retained 
Earnings    

Stock    

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)    

55   

3   

232   

59   

18   

  (14,610)  
(18)  
(1,027)  

Total

651     $ 76,439  

287  

62  
  (14,610) 
  —    
(1,027) 

(548)  
(15,158)   $

  $

22    $ 2,818    $ 37,975    $ 19,685     $

(548) 
(548)  
103     $ 60,603  

22   

3   

406   

32   

18   

(2,742)  
(18)  
(1,087)  

22    $ 2,843    $ 38,431    $ 15,838     $

33   

3   

44   

18   

18   

  (15,823)  
(18)  
(1,088)  

22    $ 2,879    $ 38,511    $ (1,091)   $

428  

35  
(2,742) 
  —    
(1,087) 

(73)  
(73) 
30     $ 57,164  

77  

21  
  (15,823) 
  —    
(1,088) 

104    
104  
134     $ 40,455  

(2,742)  

(73)  
(2,815)   $

(15,823)  

104    
(15,719)   $

F-6  

  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  
(In thousands)  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Net loss 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flow From operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 
Amortization (accretion) of premiums and discounts on available-for-sale securities 
Provision for loan losses 
Provision for losses on foreclosed assets held for sale 
Deferred income taxes 
Stock dividends on Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock 
Net realized gains on available-for-sale securities 
Net gain on sale of foreclosed assets 
Restricted stock earned and forfeited 
Compensation expense related to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan 
Originations of loans held for sale 
Proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale 
Realized (gain) loss on loans held for sale fair value adjustment 

Changes in: 

Interest receivable 
Net fair value of loan related commitments 
Income taxes receivable 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Interest payable and other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES 
Net change in loans 
Proceeds from sale of loan participations 
Purchase of premises and equipment 
Proceeds from the sale of foreclosed assets, net of expenses 
Purchases of available-for-sale securities 
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities 
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities 
Purchases of bank owned life insurance 
Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock and other securities   
Proceeds from the redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock, Federal Reserve Bank 

stock, and other securities 

Net cash provided by investing activities 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Net increase in demand deposits, money market, NOW and savings accounts 
Net decrease in time deposits 
Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and other interest-bearing liabilities 
Repayments of long-term debt 
Proceeds from long-term debt 
Prepayment penalty on modification of FHLB advances 
Discount on repayment of long-term debt 
Dividends paid on preferred stock 
Net proceeds from the sale of stock through Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

F-7  

2011

2010

2009

$ (15,823)  

$

(2,742)  

$ (14,610) 

1,661    
(62)  
3,300    
3,159    
9,823    
(106)  
  —      
(555)  
77    
4    
  (66,014)  
  68,668    
(178)  

210    
257    
  —      
(172)  
490    
4,739    

  28,561    
2,854    
(499)  
5,638    
  (64,915)  
  67,000    
  —      
(4,000)  
(100)  

  —      
  34,539    

4,444    
  (55,249)  
(3,376)  
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      
21    
  (54,160)  
  (14,882)  
  114,781    
$ 99,899    

1,298    
(73)  
3,095    
734    
(1,561)  
(104)  
(885)  
(168)  
428    
3    
  (135,930)  
  136,487    
33    

520    
(128)  
2,746    
981    
116    
4,850    

42,909    
32    
(226)  
9,077    
  (134,932)  
  115,000    
29,885    
—      
—      

—      
61,745    

23,979    
(72,871)  
2,628    
(42,500)  
42,500    
(2,569)  
—      
—      
35    
(48,798)  
17,797    
96,984    
$ 114,781    

1,417  
10  
21,635  
1,363  
(6,126) 
(101) 
(346) 
(212) 
287  
7  
  (196,374) 
  195,668  
111  

970  
(236) 
—    
839  
913  
5,215  

57,854  
4,199  
(136) 
16,431  
(85,749) 
69,750  
11,346  
—    
(521) 

1,451  
74,625  

29,372  
(40,130) 
(11,425) 
(5,396) 
—    
—    
(100) 
(212) 
62  
(27,829) 
52,011  
44,973  
$ 96,984  
(Continued)  

  
  
 
  
   
   
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  
(In thousands)  

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOWS INFORMATION 

Cash paid during the year for: 

Interest 
Income taxes, net of refunds 

Noncash investing and financing activities: 

Transfer of loans to foreclosed property, net of specific allowance 
Restricted stock issued 
Preferred dividends accrued but not paid 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

F-8  

2011

2010    

2009  

$ 9,794    
1    
$

$14,372    
$ (2,750)  

$18,057  
$ (3,496) 

$17,354    
$
33    
$ 1,088    

$10,352    
$
22    
$ 1,087    

$32,234  
55  
$
815  
$

  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Nature of Operations  

The Company is a holding company for Bank of Blue Valley (the “Bank”), BVBC Capital Trust II and BVBC Capital Trust III through 100% 
ownership of each. Blue Valley Building Corp. was a 100% owned subsidiary of the Company until March 31, 2009. On March 31, 2009, the 
Company contributed 100% of Blue Valley Building Corp. to the Bank. In addition, the Company owned 49% of Homeland Title, LLC until it closed 
its operations in March 2009.  

The Bank is primarily engaged in providing a full range of banking and mortgage services to individual and corporate customers in southern 
Johnson County, Kansas. The Bank also originates residential mortgages locally and nationwide through its InternetMortgage.com website. The 
Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions. The Bank is also subject to regulation by certain federal and state agencies and 
undergoes periodic examination by those regulatory authorities.  

Blue Valley Building Corp. is primarily engaged in leasing real property at its facilities in Overland Park and Leawood, Kansas. As of March 31, 
2009, Blue Valley Building Corp. was owned 100% by the Bank of Blue Valley.  

BVBC Capital Trust II and III are Delaware business trusts created in 2003 and 2005, respectively, to offer trust preferred securities and to purchase 
the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The Trusts have terms of 30 years, but may dissolve earlier as provided in their trust agreements.  

Homeland Title, LLC was a company providing title and settlement services and is no longer in operation.  

Operating Segment  

The Company provides community banking services through its subsidiary bank, including such products and services as loans; time deposits, 
checking and savings accounts; mortgage originations; trust services; and investment services. These activities are reported as a single operating 
segment.  

Principles of Consolidation  

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Blue Valley Ban Corp. and its 100% owned subsidiaries. Significant intercompany 
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  

Use of Estimates  

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and 
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results 
could differ from those estimates.  

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change include the determination of the allowance for loan losses, valuation of 
real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, valuation of deferred tax assets and fair values of financial 
instruments. In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of foreclosed assets held for sale, 
management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.  

F-9  

  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)  

Management believes that the allowance for loan losses, valuation of foreclosed assets held for sale, and valuation of deferred tax assets are 
adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, foreclosed assets held for sale and deferred tax assets, 
changes in economic conditions may necessitate revision of these estimates in future years. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral 
part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses, valuation of foreclosed assets held for sale and 
deferred tax assets. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additional losses based on their judgments of information available to 
them at the time of their examination.  

Cash Equivalents  

The Company considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents for the 
Company consist primarily of federal funds sold and as of December 31, 2011, the Company did not have an investment in federal funds sold.  

Pursuant to legislation enacted in 2010, the FDIC will fully insure all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts beginning December 31, 2010 
through December 31, 2012 at all FDIC-insured institutions. Effective July 21, 2011, the FDIC’s insurance limits were permanently increased to 
$250,000. The Company’s interest-bearing cash accounts exceeded federally insured limits by approximately $22,000 at December 31, 2011.  

The Bank is required to maintain reserve funds in cash and/or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. The Bank had no reserve required at 
December 31, 2011, but had a clearing balance requirement of $15,000,000. The deposit balance held at the Federal Reserve Bank on December 31, 
2011 was $76,138,000.  

Investment in Securities  

Available-for-sale securities, which include any security for which the Company has no immediate plan to sell, but which may be sold in the future, 
are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and are reported, net of related income tax effects, in accumulated 
other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted, respectively, to interest income using a method which 
approximates the level-yield method over the terms of the securities. Realized gains and losses, based on amortized cost of the specific security, 
are recorded on trade date and included in non-interest income. Interest on investments in debt securities is included in income when earned.  

For debt securities with fair value below amortized cost and the Company does not intend to sell the debt security, and it is more likely than not the 
Company will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, the Company recognizes the credit component of an other-than-
temporary impairment of the debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. The credit loss component 
recognized in earnings is identified as the amount of principal cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security as 
projected based on cash flow projections. The Company did not have any securities with other-than-temporary impairment at December 31, 2011.  

F-10  

  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)  

For equity securities, when the Company has decided to sell an impaired available-for-sale security and the entity does not expect the fair value of 
the security to fully recover before the expected time of sale, the security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period in which the 
decision to sell is made. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the impairment is deemed other-than-temporary even if a decision to 
sell has not been made.  

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale  

Effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Account Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and 
Financial Liabilities – Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115, which was subsequently incorporated into the FASB Accounting 
Standards Codification (ASC) in Topic 825, to account for mortgage loans originated after April 1, 2009. Mortgage loans originated and intended 
for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized gains and losses, if any, are recognized through a 
valuation allowance by charges to non-interest income. Gain and losses, net of discounts collected or paid, commitment fees paid and considering 
a normal servicing rate are recognized in non-interest income upon sale of the loan.  

Prior to April 1, 2009, mortgage loans held for sale were carried at the lower of cost or fair value, determined using an aggregate basis. Write-downs 
to fair value were recognized as a charge to earnings at the time the decline in value occurred. Gains and losses resulting from sales of mortgage 
loans were recognized when the respective loans were sold to investors. Gains and losses were determined by the difference between the selling 
price and the carrying amount of the loans sold, net of discounts collected or paid, commitment fees paid and considering a normal servicing rate. 
Fees received from borrowers to guarantee the funding of mortgage loans held for sale were recognized as income or expense when the loans were 
sold or when it was evident that the commitment will not be used.  

Loans  

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoffs are reported at their outstanding 
principal balance adjusted for unearned income, charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans and 
unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. For loans amortized at cost, interest income is accrued based on the unpaid principal 
balance. Loan origination fees, as well as premiums and discounts, are deferred and amortized over the respective term of the loan.  

Generally, the accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due and interest is considered a loss, unless the loan 
is well-secured and in the process of collection. Past due status is based on contractual term of the loans. Loans are placed on non-accrual or 
charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. All interest accrued but not collected for loans placed on 
non-accrual or charged off are reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is generally accounted for on a cash-basis or a cost 
recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual status. Loans may be returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts 
contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.  

F-11  

  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)  

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The allowance for loan losses is management's estimate of probable losses which have occurred as of the balance sheet date based on 
management's evaluation of risk in the loan portfolio. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the 
uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.  

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a monthly basis by management and is based on management’s periodic review of the collectibility 
of the loans in consideration of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s 
ability to repay, estimated value of underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires 
estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.  

The Company computes its allowance by assigning specific reserves to impaired loans, and then applies general reserve factors to the rest of the 
loan portfolio. The general reserve covers non classified loans and is based on historical charge off experience, expected loss given default derived 
from the Company’s internal risk rating process and current and projected economic conditions and factors. Other adjustments may be made to the 
allowance for pools of loans after an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss 
or risk rating data.  

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the 
scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by 
management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest 
payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. 
Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the 
circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of delay, the reason for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record 
and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the present 
value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the 
collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  

Premises and Equipment  

Depreciable assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to expense using the straight-line method over the 
estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and depreciated using the straight-line method over the terms of the 
respective lease or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter.  

The estimated useful lives for each major depreciable classification of premises and equipment are as follows:  

Buildings and improvements 
Furniture and equipment 

 35-40 years  
  3-10 years  

F-12  

  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)  

Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale  

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the date of 
foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are 
carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation 
allowance are reported as other income and foreclosed assets expense.  

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock, Federal Reserve Bank Stock and Other Securities  

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock are required investments for institutions that are members of the Federal Home Loan 
Bank and Federal Reserve systems. The required investment in the stock is based on a predetermined formula, carried at cost and evaluated for 
impairment.  

Derivatives  
Derivatives are recognized as assets and liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and measured at fair value.  

Derivative Loan Commitments  
Mortgage loan commitments that relate to the origination of a mortgage that will be held for sale upon funding are considered derivative 
instruments under the derivatives and hedging accounting guidance (ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging). Loan commitments that are derivatives 
are recognized at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet in other assets and other liabilities with changes in their fair values recorded in other 
income. The Company estimates the fair value using a valuation model which considers differences between quoted prices for loans with similar 
characteristics in the secondary market and the committed rates.  

Forward Loan Sale Commitments  
The Company carefully evaluates all loan sales agreements to determine whether they meet the definition of a derivative under the derivatives and 
hedging accounting guidance (ASC 815), as facts and circumstances may differ significantly. If agreements qualify, to protect against the price 
risk inherent in derivative loan commitments, the Company uses best efforts forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the risk of potential 
decreases in the values of loans that would result from the exercise of the derivative loan commitments. Accordingly, forward loan commitments 
are recognized at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet in other assets and other liabilities with changes in their fair values recorded in other 
income. The Company estimates the fair value of its forward loan commitments using a methodology similar to that used for derivative loan 
commitments.  

Core Deposit Intangible Assets  

Intangible assets are being amortized on the straight-line basis over seven years. Such assets are periodically evaluated as to the recoverability of 
their carrying value.  

Fee Income  
Loan origination fees, net of direct origination costs, are recognized as income using the level-yield method over the term of the loans.  

F-13  

  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)  

Transfers of Financial Assets  

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is 
deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company—put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and 
its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking 
advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred 
assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.  

Transfers between Fair Value Hierarchy Levels  

Transfers in and out of Level 1 (quoted market prices), Level 2 (other significant observable inputs) and Level 3 (significant unobservable inputs) 
are recognized on the period end date.  

Income Taxes  

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance (ASC 740, Income Taxes). The income tax accounting 
guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded 
for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. The 
Company determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is 
based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are 
recognized in the period in which they occur. Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between 
periods. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some 
portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance at December 31, 2011 was $12,600,000. Due to the Company’s 
losses recorded over the last four years, the Company assessed the deferred tax asset during 2011 and recognized a $12,600,000 valuation 
allowance on the deferred tax asset based on historical and current information available relating to the Company’s ability to recognize the deferred 
tax asset in future near term periods. As the Company shows profits in the future, portions of this allowance may be able to be recognized in future 
years.  

Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon 
examination. The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination also include 
resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially 
and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with 
a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-
than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s 
judgment.  

The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense. The Company files consolidated income 
tax returns with its subsidiaries. The Company is generally not subject to federal, state and local examination by tax authorities for years prior to 
2008.  

F-14  

  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)  

Comprehensive Income (Loss)  

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income taxes. 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on available-for-sale securities. Net unrealized 
gain or loss on available-for-sale securities, net of income taxes, included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $134,000 and $30,000, 
respectively, at December 31, 2011 and 2010.  

Reclassification  

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2010 and 2009 financial statements to conform to the 2011 financial statement presentation. These 
reclassifications had no effect on net loss.  

F-15  

  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)  

Earnings (Loss) Per Share  

Basic earnings (loss) per share represents income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted average number of shares 
outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share reflects additional potential common shares that would have been outstanding if 
dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. The 
computation of per share earnings is as follows:  

2011

2010

2009

(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Net loss 
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock 
Net loss available to common shareholders 
Average common shares outstanding 
Average common share stock options outstanding and restricted stock (B) 
Average diluted common shares (B) 
Basic loss per share 
Diluted loss per share (A) 

$ (15,823)  
(1,106)  
$ (16,929)  
  2,806,299    
21,589    
  2,827,888    
(6.03)  
$
(6.03)  

$

$

$

(2,742)  
(1,105)  
(3,847)  
  2,773,039    
15,115    
  2,788,154    
(1.38)  
$
(1.38)  

$

$ (14,610) 
(1,045) 
$ (15,655) 

  2,754,419  
8,184  
  2,762,603  

$

$

(5.68) 

(5.68) 

(A) No shares of stock options, restricted stock or warrants were included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for any period there 

was a loss. 

(B) Warrants to purchase 111,083 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $29.37 per share were outstanding at December 31, 2011, 2010 
and 2009, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the warrant’s exercise price was greater than the 
average market price of the common shares, thus making the warrants anti-dilutive. Stock options to purchase 10,575, 24,375 and 33,875 
shares of common stock were outstanding at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively, but were not included in the computation of 
diluted earnings per share because the option’s exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares, thus making 
the options anti-dilutive. 

Income available for common stockholders will be reduced by dividends declared in the period on preferred stock (whether or not they are paid) 
and the accretion on the warrants.  

F-16  

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)  

Future Accounting Requirements  

On June 16, 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-05, Comprehensive 
Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income. This update is intended to increase the prominence of other comprehensive income 
in financial statements. The main provision of this update provides that an entity that reports items of other comprehensive income has the option 
to present comprehensive income in either one or two consecutive financial statements. In the single statement approach the entity must present 
the components of net income and total net income, the components of other comprehensive income and total other comprehensive income, and a 
total for comprehensive income. In the two-statement approach, an entity must present the components of net income and total net income in the 
first statement. That statement must be immediately followed by a financial statement that presents the components of other comprehensive 
income, a total for other comprehensive income, and a total for comprehensive income. The option in current GAAP that permits the presentation 
of other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity has been eliminated. The amendments for this update should be applied 
retrospectively. For public entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after 
December 15, 2011. Management does not anticipate that this update will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements.  

On December 23, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the 
Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05. This 
update defers the specific requirement to present items that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income 
separately with their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income. This update does not defer the requirement to report 
comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive financial statements. For public entities, the 
amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Management does not 
anticipate that this update will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

F-17  

  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 2: AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES  
The amortized cost and estimated fair value, together with gross unrealized gains and losses, of available-for-sale securities are as follows:  

(In thousands)
U.S. Government sponsored agencies 
Equity and other securities 

(In thousands)
U.S. Government sponsored agencies 
Equity and other securities 

Amortized 
Cost

$ 60,967    
600    
$ 61,567    

Amortized
Cost

$ 62,990    
600    
$ 63,590    

December 31, 2011

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses    

$

$

228    
19    
247    

$
(24)  
  —      
(24)  
$

December 31, 2010

Gross 
Unrealized
Gains

$

$

228    
1    
229    

Gross 
Unrealized

Losses    

$
(179)  
  —      
(179)  
$

Fair 
Value  

$61,171  
619  
$61,790  

Fair 
Value  

$63,039  
601  
$63,640  

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2011, by contractual maturity are shown below. 
Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or 
prepayment penalties.  

(In thousands)
Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 
Total 

Equity and other securities 

Amortized
Cost

$ 5,997    
  29,994    
  24,976    
  —      
  60,967    
600    
$ 61,567    

Fair Value 

$ 6,024  
  30,011  
  25,136  
  —    
  61,171  
619  
$ 61,790  

The book value and estimated fair value of securities pledged as collateral to secure public deposits amounted to $5,000,000 and $5,013,000 at 
December 31, 2011 and $5,002,000 and $5,013,000 at December 31, 2010.  

Gross gains of $0, $885,000, and $346,000 were realized in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and no gross losses were realized in 2011, 2010 and 
2009, respectively, from sales of available-for-sale securities.  

F-18  

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
    
    
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
    
    
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
    
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 2: AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES (Continued)  

Certain investments in debt and marketable equity securities are reported in the financial statements at an amount less than their historical cost. 
Total fair value of these investments at December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $19,973,000 and $29,813,000, which is approximately 32.3% and 46.8%, 
respectively, of the Company’s available-for-sale investment portfolio. These declines in fair value resulted primarily from recent increases in 
market interest rates. Based on evaluation of available information and evidence, particularly recent volatility in market yields on debt securities, 
management believes the declines in fair value for these securities are temporary.  

Unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment type and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized 
loss position are as follows:  

Description of Securities
(In thousands)
U.S. Government sponsored agencies 
Equity and other securities 

Total temporarily impaired securities 

Description of Securities
(In thousands)
U.S. Government sponsored agencies 
Equity and other securities 

Total temporarily impaired securities 

Less than 12 Months
Fair 
Value     

Unrealized

Losses     

December 31, 2011
12 Months or More     
Fair 
Value    

Losses     

Unrealized

Total
Fair 
Value     

Total
Unrealized
Losses  

$19,973    
  —      
$19,973    

$
24    
  —      
24    
$

$—      
  —      
$—      

$ —      
  —      
$ —      

$19,973    
  —      
$19,973    

$
24  
  —    
24  
$

Less than 12 Months     
Fair 
Value     

Losses     

Unrealized

December 31, 2010
12 Months or More     
Fair 
Value    

Losses     

Unrealized

Total
Fair 
Value     

Total
Unrealized
Losses  

   $29,813     $
  —      
   $29,813     $

  —      

179     $—       $ —       $29,813     $
  —      
179     $—       $ —       $29,813     $

  —      

  —      

179  
  —    
179  

The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in direct obligations of U.S. government sponsored agencies were caused by interest rate 
increases. The contractual terms of those investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the amortized cost bases 
of the investments. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not the Company will be required to 
sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to 
be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011.  

F-19  

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
    
    
 
  
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
    
 
  
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 2: AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES (Continued)  

The Company enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase. The amounts deposited under these agreements represent short-term 
debt and are reflected as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets. The securities underlying the agreements are book-entry securities. During 
the period, securities held in safekeeping were pledged to the depositors under a written custodial agreement that explicitly recognizes the 
depositors’ interest in the securities. At December 31, 2011, or at any month end during the period, no material amount of agreements to 
repurchase securities sold was outstanding with any individual entity.  

Information on sales of securities under agreements to repurchase is as follows:  

(In thousands)
Balance as of December 31 
Carrying value of securities pledged to secure agreements to repurchases 
at December 31 
Average balance during the year of securities sold under agreements to repurchase 
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year 

NOTE 3: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  
Categories of loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 include the following:  

(In thousands)
Commercial loans 
Commercial real estate loans 
Construction loans 
Home equity loans 
Residential real estate loans 
Lease financing 
Consumer loans 
Total loans 

Less: Allowance for loan losses 
Net loans 

F-20  

2011     

2010  

$14,413    

$17,674  

$24,131    
$16,405    
$18,633    

$27,031  
$17,922  
$21,935  

2011

2010

$130,398    
  154,109    
  48,438    
  59,750    
  37,882    
2,268    
5,998    
  438,843    
  13,189    
$425,654    

$144,181  
  169,253  
  64,641  
  64,289  
  36,903  
5,530  
7,657  
  492,454  
  14,731  
$477,723  

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
  
 
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 3: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)  

The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:  

(In thousands)
Allowance for loan losses: 
Balance, beginning of year 
Provision charged to expense 
Losses charged off 
Recoveries 
Balance, end of year 

Allowance for loan losses: 
Balance, beginning of year 
Provision charged to expense 
Losses charged off 
Recoveries 
Balance, end of year 

(In thousands)
Allowance for loan losses: 
Balance, beginning of year 
Provision charged to expense 
Losses charged off 
Recoveries 
Balance, end of year 

  Commercial   

Commercial 
Real Estate     Construction   

Home 
Equity    

Residential 
Real 
Estate

Lease 

Financing    Consumer   

Total

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

  $

  $

3,339     $
(52)  
(582)  
282    
2,987     $

3,974     $
925    
(1,218)  
91    
3,772     $

4,579     $1,262     $

434    
(2,352)  
60    

753    
(725)  
48    

2,721     $1,338     $

1,488     $
1,304    
(637)  
157    
2,312     $

38     $
(33)  
  —      
25    
30     $

51     $ 14,731  
3,300  
(31)  
(5,514) 
  —      
9    
672  
29     $ 13,189  

  Commercial   

Commercial 
Real Estate     Construction   

Home 
Equity    

Residential 
Real 
Estate

Lease 

Financing    Consumer   

Total

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

  $

  $

3,630     $
683    
(1,364)  
390    
3,339     $

7,253     $
(465)  
(2,985)  
171    
3,974     $

5,929     $1,061     $
2,189    
(3,662)  
123    

571    
(387)  
17    

4,579     $1,262     $

1,737     $
400    
(660)  
11    
1,488     $

238     $
(171)  
(43)  
14    
38     $

152     $ 20,000  
3,095  
(112)  
(9,108) 
(7)  
18    
744  
51     $ 14,731  

  Commercial   

Commercial 
Real Estate     Construction   

Home 
Equity    

Residential 
Real 
Estate

Lease 

Financing    Consumer   

Total

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

  $

  $

3,040     $
5,044    
(4,713)  
259    
3,630     $

2,507     $
4,997    
(374)  
123    
7,253     $

4,695     $ 409     $
8,358    
(7,716)  
592    

  1,274    
(653)  
31    

5,929     $1,061     $

1,201     $
1,944    
(1,480)  
72    
1,737     $

449     $
(123)  
(109)  
21    
238     $

67     $ 12,368  
  21,635  
141    
  (15,103) 
(58)  
1,100  
2    
152     $ 20,000  

F-21  

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 3: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)  

The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans based on portfolio segment and 
impairment methods as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:  

(In thousands)
Allowance for loan losses: 
Individually evaluated for impairment 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 
Total 
Loans: 
Individually evaluated for impairment 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 
Total 

Allowance for loan losses: 
Individually evaluated for impairment 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 
Total 
Loans: 
Individually evaluated for impairment 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 
Total 

  Commercial   

Commercial
Real Estate     Construction   

Home 
Equity    

Residential
Real 
Estate

Lease 

Financing    Consumer   

Total

December 31, 2011

  $

  $

1,825    $
1,162     
2,987    $

3,055    $
717     
3,772    $

565    $
1,462    $
1,259     
773     
2,721    $ 1,338    $

1,727    $
585     
2,312    $

26    $
4     
30    $

8,660  
–    $
29     
4,529  
29    $ 13,189  

  $ 24,625    $ 18,099    $
    105,773      136,010     
  $ 130,398    $ 154,109    $

2    $ 70,726  
16,535    $ 3,836    $
31,903      55,914      30,901      1,620      5,996      368,117  
48,438    $59,750    $ 37,882    $ 2,268    $ 5,998    $438,843  

6,981    $

648    $

  Commercial   

Commercial
Real Estate     Construction   

Home 
Equity    

Residential
Real 
Estate

Lease 

Financing    Consumer   

Total

December 31, 2010

  $

  $

1,832    $
1,507     
3,339    $

2,617    $
1,357     
3,974    $

3,647    $
932     

576    $
686     
4,579    $ 1,262    $

912    $
576     
1,488    $

5    $
33     
38    $

2    $
9,591  
5,140  
49     
51    $ 14,731  

  $ 26,444    $ 26,704    $
    117,737      142,549     
  $ 144,181    $ 169,253    $

F-22  

35,521    $ 3,544    $
64    $101,951  
29,120      60,745      28,212      4,547      7,593      390,503  
64,641    $64,289    $ 36,903    $ 5,530    $ 7,657    $492,454  

8,691    $

983    $

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 3: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)  

The following table presents the credit risk profile of the Company’s loan portfolio based on the rating category and payment activity as of 
December 31, 2011 and 2010. These categories are defined as follows:  

Pass – loans that exhibit acceptable financial performance, cash flow, leverage and the probability of default is considered low.  
Classified – loans are inadequately protected by the current payment capacity of the obligor or by the collateral pledged. These loans are 
characterized by the distinct probability that the Company will sustain some loss or added expenses if the deficiencies are not corrected.  

(In thousands)
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 
Total 

2011
     Classified    

Pass

Total

Pass

2010
     Classified    

Total

   $118,396     $12,002     $130,398     $133,603     $10,578     $144,181  
  169,253  
  64,641  
  64,289  
  36,903  
5,530  
7,657  
   $393,620     $45,223     $438,843     $422,601     $69,853     $492,454  

  144,693    
  33,792    
  56,779    
  32,002    
1,960    
5,998    

  154,109    
  48,438    
  59,750    
  37,882    
2,268    
5,998    

  148,892    
  35,896    
  61,442    
  30,115    
5,048    
7,605    

  9,416    
  14,646    
  2,971    
  5,880    
308    
  —      

  20,361    
  28,745    
  2,847    
  6,788    
482    
52    

The following tables present the Company’s loan portfolio aging analysis, including loans on non-accrual, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:  

(In thousands)
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 
Total 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 
Total 

Greater 
than 90 
Days 
Past Due    
928    
$
143    
  1,781    
  —      
  1,367    
18    
  —      
$ 4,237    

Greater 
than 90 
Days 
Past 
Due
$ 2,648    
  1,247    
  7,936    
964    
  3,741    
114    
  —      
$16,650    

December 31, 2011

Total 
Past Due    
$ 1,831    
143    
  3,157    
  2,165    
  2,762    
122    
  —      
$10,180    

Current     
$128,567    
  153,966    
  45,281    
  57,585    
  35,120    
2,146    
5,998    
$428,663    

Total 
Loans 
Receivable    
$130,398    
  154,109    
  48,438    
  59,750    
  37,882    
2,268    
5,998    
$438,843    

December 31, 2010

Total 
Past Due     
$ 3,196    
  1,247    
  7,982    
  1,164    
  4,328    
185    
4    
$18,106    

Current
$140,985    
  168,006    
  56,659    
  63,125    
  32,575    
5,345    
7,653    
$474,348    

Total 
Loans 
Receivable     
$144,181    
  169,253    
  64,641    
  64,289    
  36,903    
5,530    
7,657    
$492,454    

Total 
Loans > 90
Days & 
Accruing  
$ —    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
$ —    

Total 
Loans > 90 
Days & 
Accruing  
$ —    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
$ —    

30-
59 Days
Past 
Due     
$ 703    
  —      
  1,376    
  —      
678    
104    
  —      
$2,861    

30-59 
Days 
Past 
Due
$ 241    
  —      
46    
200    
265    
20    
4    
$ 776    

60-89 
Days 
Past 
Due     
$ 200    
  —      
  —      
  2,165    
717    
  —      
  —      
$3,082    

60-89 
Days 
Past 
Due
$ 307    
  —      
  —      
  —      
322    
51    
  —      
$ 680    

F-23  

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 3: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)  

A loan is considered impaired, in accordance with the impairment accounting guidance (ASC 310-10-35-16), when based on current information and 
events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest due from the borrower in accordance 
with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans include non-performing loans, but also include loans modified in troubled debt 
restructurings where concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. These concessions could include a reduction 
in the interest rate on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions intended to maximize collection.  

The following tables present impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:  

(In thousands)
Loans without a specific valuation allowance: 

Loans with a specific valuation allowance: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 

Total: 

Total 

F-24  

December 31, 2011

Recorded 
Balance     

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance     

Specific 
Allowance    

Average 
Investment
in 
Impaired 
Loans

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

   $

16     $
482    
101    
468    
904    
  —      
  —      

32     $ —       $
514    
101    
500    
  1,014    
  —      
  —      

  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      

223     $

1,781    
1,427    
532    
1,140    
25    
28    

   $ 3,709     $ 3,850     $ 1,281     $ 4,298     $

  4,819    
  14,313    
  2,208    
  3,838    
307    
  —      

  5,357    
  14,776    
  2,242    
  4,416    
307    
  —      

2,257    
1,353    
296    
1,389    
25    
  —      

6,793    
  18,080    
940    
3,791    
324    
  —      

56  
109  
  —    
3  
17  
67  
1  

171  
107  
454  
3  
149  
21  
  —    

   $ 3,725     $ 3,882     $ 1,281     $ 4,521     $

  5,301    
  14,414    
  2,676    
  4,742    
307    
  —      

  5,871    
  14,877    
  2,742    
  5,430    
307    
  —      

2,257    
1,353    
296    
1,389    
25    
  —      

8,574    
  19,507    
1,472    
4,931    
349    
28    

   $31,165     $33,109     $ 6,601     $ 39,382     $

227  
216  
454  
6  
166  
88  
1  
1,158  

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 3: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)  

(In thousands)
Loans without a specific valuation allowance: 

Loans with a specific valuation allowance 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 

Total: 

Total 

December 31, 2010

Recorded 
Balance     

$
220    
  4,080    
  3,203    
585    
  1,279    
140    
52    

$ 5,541    
  8,022    
  22,318    
626    
  4,618    
402    
  —      

$ 5,761    
  12,102    
  25,521    
  1,211    
  5,897    
542    
52    
$51,086    

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance     

$
315    
  4,700    
  3,203    
587    
  1,924    
256    
54    

$ 5,585    
  8,092    
  22,430    
648    
  5,480    
402    
  —      

$ 5,900    
  12,792    
  25,633    
  1,235    
  7,404    
658    
54    
$53,676    

Specific 
Allowance    

$ —      
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      

$ 1,133    
1,110    
3,039    
299    
577    
3    
  —      

$ 1,133    
1,110    
3,039    
299    
577    
3    
  —      
$ 6,161    

Average 
Investment 
in 
Impaired 
Loans

$

627    
3,891    
3,384    
102    
1,391    
254    
50    

$ 2,834    
  10,760    
  23,662    
411    
6,150    
302    
12    

$ 3,461    
  14,651    
  27,046    
513    
7,541    
556    
62    
$ 53,830    

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

$

24  
37  
  —    
  —    
  —    
2  
3  

$
7  
  —    
20  
  —    
  —    
  —    
  —    

$

31  
37  
20  
  —    
  —    
2  
3  
93  

$

The December 31, 2010 information presented above was reclassified from the information presented in the 2010 Form 10K, to include troubled debt 
restructurings that were paying as agreed but not classified as impaired loans at December 31, 2010. This reclassification had no impact on the 
calculation of the allowance for loan losses.  

F-25  

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 3: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)  

(In thousands)
Loans without a specific valuation allowance: 

Loans with a specific valuation allowance 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 

Total: 

Total 

December 31, 2009

Recorded 
Balance     

$
616    
  2,331    
  5,398    
  —      
  2,651    
335    
  —      

$
740    
  10,936    
  5,807    
412    
  5,753    
  —      
6    

$ 1,356    
  13,267    
  11,205    
412    
  8,404    
335    
6    
$34,985    

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance     

$
679    
  2,369    
  6,636    
  —      
  2,779    
383    
  —      

$
790    
  11,076    
  7,409    
425    
  7,172    
  —      
7    

$ 1,469    
  13,445    
  14,045    
425    
  9,951    
383    
7    
$39,725    

Specific 
Allowance    

$ —      
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      

$

512    
4,309    
839    
170    
761    
  —      
1    

$

512    
4,309    
839    
170    
761    
  —      
1    
$ 6,592    

Average 
Investment
in 
Impaired 
Loans

$

406    
1,088    
6,554    
32    
1,085    
244    
9    

$ 3,199    
9,952    
  13,576    
423    
5,048    
80    
34    

$ 3,605    
  11,040    
  20,130    
455    
6,133    
324    
43    
$ 41,730    

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

$
8  
  —    
70  
3  
2  
  —    
  —    

$

36  
186  
146  
  —    
41  
3  
2  

$

$

44  
186  
216  
3  
43  
3  
2  
497  

The following table presents the Company’s non-accrual loans, also included in impaired loans, at December 31, 2011 and 2010:  

(In thousands)
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 

F-26  

2011     

2010  

$ 2,029    
  1,340    
  3,058    
  2,676    
  2,204    
18    
  —      
$11,325    

$ 2,896  
  10,088  
  10,417  
  1,211  
  5,553  
140  
52  
$30,357  

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 3: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)  

Included in certain loan categories in the impaired loans are loans designated as troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired. At 
December 31, 2011, the Company had $2,565,000 of commercial loans, $5,233,000 of commercial real estate loans, $13,659,000 of construction loans, 
$3,271,000 of residential real estate loans and $290,000 of lease financing loans that were modified in troubled debt restructurings and classified as 
impaired.  

As a result of adopting the amendments in ASU 2011-02, A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt 
Restructuring, the Company reassessed all restructurings that occurred on or after the beginning of its current fiscal year (January 1, 2011) for 
identification as troubled debt restructurings. The Company identified four loans restructured during the current fiscal year not originally classified 
as troubled debt restructurings totaling $1,066,000; however, these loans were properly classified as non-accrual impaired loans at the time of 
restructure and thus the allowance for loan losses was measured using the impairment measurement guidance. Accordingly, there was no change 
in the valuation of these loans.  

At December 31, 2011, the Company had a number of loans that were modified in troubled debt restructuring and classified as impaired. The 
modification of terms of such loans were primarily renewals of existing debt to troubled borrowers at a below market rate, debt restructurings to 
interest-only terms and debt restructurings extending the amortization period.  

The following table presents loans restructured and classified as troubled debt restructurings by class during the years ended December 31, 2011 
and 2010:  

(In thousands)
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 
Total 

December 31, 2011

December 31, 2010

Pre-
Modification
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Balance

Post- 
Modification
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Balance

$

$

1,417    
3,498    
3,724    
—      
—      
—      
—      
8,639    

$

$

1,408    
3,498    
3,724    
—      
—      
—      
—      
8,630    

Number
of 

Loans     
6    
5    
3    
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      
14    

Number
of 

Loans     
3    
2    
8    
  —      
2    
2    
  —      
17    

Pre-
Modification
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Balance

$

$

3,230    
6,339    
20,638    
—      
204    
596    
—      
31,007    

Post- 
Modification
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Balance

$

$

2,865  
6,418  
19,932  
—    
204  
446  
—    
29,865  

The following table presents troubled debt restructurings modified within the past 12 months included above that are 90 days past due or are non-
accrual as of December 31, 2011:  

(In thousands) 
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Construction 
Home equity 
Residential real estate 
Lease financing 
Consumer 

December 31, 2011

Number 
of Loans    

6    
1    
2    
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      
9    

Recorded
Balance  

$

868  
339  
532  
  —    
  —    
  —    
  —    
$ 1,739  

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $753,000 of commitments outstanding to borrowers with loans classified as troubled debt 
restructurings. However, these commitments are subject to approval prior to advancement of funds to the borrower.  

F-27  

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
  
    
    
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 4: PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  
Major classifications of premises and equipment, stated at cost, are as follows:  

(In thousands)
Land 
Buildings and improvements 
Furniture and equipment 

Less accumulated depreciation 
Total premises and equipment 

NOTE 5: FORECLOSED ASSETS HELD FOR SALE  
Activity in the allowance for losses on foreclosed assets was as follows:  

(In thousands)
Balance, beginning of year 
Provision charged to expense 
Charge offs, net of recoveries 
Balance, end of year 

Expenses applicable to foreclosed assets at December 31 include the following:  

(In thousands)
Net loss (gain) on sales of foreclosed assets 
Provision for losses 
Operating expenses, net of rental income 

F-28  

2011     

2010  

$ 5,154    
  15,898    
  8,110    
  29,162    
  13,265    
$15,897    

$ 5,154  
  15,795  
  7,717  
  28,666  
  12,427  
$16,239  

2011    

2010    

2009  

$ 481    
  3,159    
(655)  
$2,985    

$ 166    
  734    
  (419)  
$ 481    

$ —    
  1,363  
  (1,197) 
166  
$

2011    

2010    

2009  

$ (555)  
  3,159    
  1,921    
$4,525    

$ (168)  
734    
  1,656    
$2,222    

$ (212) 
  1,363  
  1,902  
$3,053  

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 6: CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLE ASSETS  
The carrying basis and accumulated amortization of recognized intangible assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were:  

(In thousands)
Core Deposit Intangible 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount     

2011

Accumulated 
Amortization   

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount     

2010

Accumulated 
Amortization 

$ 1,000    

$

(679)  

$ 1,000    

$

(536) 

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $143,000, $143,000 and $219,000, respectively. Estimated 
amortization expense for the remainder of the amortization period is:  

(In thousands)
2012 
2013 
2014 

$143  
  143  
  35  

NOTE 7: DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS  
The Company has commitments outstanding to extend credit on residential mortgages that have not closed prior to the end of the period. As the 
Company enters into commitments to originate these loans, it also enters into commitments to sell the loans in the secondary market on a best-
efforts basis. The Company acquires such commitments to reduce interest rate risk on mortgage loans in the process of origination and mortgage 
loans held for sale. These commitments to originate or sell loans on a best efforts basis are considered derivative instruments under ASC 815. 
These statements require the Company to recognize all derivative instruments in the balance sheet and to measure those instruments at fair value. 
As a result of measuring the fair value of the commitments to originate loans, the Company recorded an increase in other assets of $7,000, a 
decrease in other liabilities of $8,000 and an increase in other income of $15,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011. For the year ended 
December 31, 2010, the Company recorded an increase in other assets of $1,000, a decrease in other liabilities of $38,000 and an increase in other 
income of $39,000. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded an increase in other liabilities of $47,000 and an increase in other 
income of $47,000.  

Additionally, the Company has commitments to sell loans that have closed prior to the end of the period on a best efforts basis. Due to the mark to 
market adjustment on commitments to sell loans held for sale the Company recorded a decrease in other assets of $272,000 and a decrease in other 
income of $272,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded an increase in other assets 
of $89,000 and an increase in other income of $89,000.  

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, total mortgage loans in the process of origination amounted to $1,410,000 and $1,688,000, respectively. At 
December 31, 2011 and 2010, related forward commitments to sell mortgage loans amounted to approximately $7,096,000 and $9,850,000, 
respectively.  

The balance of derivative instruments related to commitments to originate and sell loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010, is disclosed in Note 20, 
Disclosures About Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities.  

F-29  

  
  
  
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 8: INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS  
Interest-bearing time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more were $86,351,000 on December 31, 2011 and $104,092,000 on December 31, 
2010. The Company acquires brokered deposits in the normal course of business. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, brokered deposits of $34,544,000 
and $45,949,000, respectively, were included in the Company’s time deposit balance. Of the $34,544,000 in brokered deposits, $24,414,000 
represented customer funds placed into the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”). The Bank is a member of the CDARS 
service which effectively allows depositors to receive FDIC insurance on amounts greater than the FDIC insurance limit, which is currently 
$250,000. CDARS allows the Bank to break large deposits into smaller amounts and place them in a network of other CDARS institutions to ensure 
that full FDIC insurance coverage is gained on the entire deposit. Although classified as brokered deposits for regulatory purposes, funds placed 
through the CDARS program are Bank customer relationships that management views as core funding.  

At December 31, 2011, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:  

(In thousands)
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
Thereafter 

$100,404  
  30,160  
9,911  
  15,071  
9,376  
1,665  
$166,587  

NOTE 9: OPERATING LEASES  
Blue Valley Building Corp. leases office space to others under noncancellable operating leases expiring in various years through 2015. Minimum 
future rent receivable under noncancellable operating leases at December 31, 2011 was as follows:  

(In thousands)
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 

$301  
  181  
  75  
7  
$564  

Consolidated rental and operating lease expenses incurred for space the Company leases from others were $11,000, $14,000 and $6,000 in 2011, 2010 
and 2009, respectively. The Company terminated the lease for space rented from others September 30, 2011.  

F-30  

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 10: SHORT TERM DEBT  
The Company has a line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka (FHLB) which is collateralized by various assets including 
mortgage-backed loans and available-for-sale securities. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there was no outstanding balance on the line of credit. 
The variable interest rate was 0.26% on December 31, 2011 and 2010. At December 31, 2011 approximately $16,282,000 was available. Advances are 
made at the discretion of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka.  

The Company also has a line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City which is collateralized by various assets, including commercial 
and commercial real estate loans. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there was no outstanding balance on the line of credit. The line of credit has a 
variable interest rate of federal funds rate plus 75 basis points and at December 31, 2011 approximately $32,583,000 was available. Advances are 
made at the discretion of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City.  

NOTE 11: LONG TERM DEBT  
Long-term debt at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following components:  

(In thousands)
Federal Home Loan Bank advances (A) 

Less: Deferred prepayment penalty on modification of FHLB advances 
Net Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Subordinated Debentures – BVBC Capital Trust II (B) 
Subordinated Debentures – BVBC Capital Trust III (C) 
Total long-term debt 

2011

2010  

$ 82,500    
(1,654)  
  80,846    
7,732    
  11,856    
$100,434    

$82,500  
  (2,331) 
  80,169  
  7,732  
  11,856  
$99,757  

(A)

Due in 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2018; collateralized by various assets including mortgage-backed loans and available-for-sale 
securities totaling $159,011,000 at December 31, 2011. Advances, at interest rates from 0.31% to 4.26% are subject to restrictions 
or penalties in the event of prepayment. Federal Home Loan Bank advance availability is determined quarterly and at 
December 31, 2011, approximately $16,282,000 was available. Advances are made at the discretion of the Federal Home Loan 
Bank of Topeka. 

In the third quarter of 2010, the Company repaid $42,500,000 of FHLB advances by rolling the net present value of the advances 
being repaid into the funding cost of $42,500,000 of new advances. A $2,569,000 modification fee was associated with paying 
off the original FHLB advances which is amortized as an adjustment of interest expense over the remaining term of the new 
FHLB advances using the straight line method. The unamortized modification fee at December 31, 2011 was approximately 
$1,654,000. This transaction reduced the effective interest rate, as well as modified the maturity date on these borrowings. 

(B)

(C)

Due in 2033; interest only at three month LIBOR + 3.25% (3.68% at December 31, 2011 and 3.54% at December 31, 2010) due 
quarterly; fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis to the extent that the funds are held 
by the Trust. BVBC Capital Trust II issued and sold $7,500,000 in Capital Securities to third parties and $232,000 of Common 
Securities to the Company. As of 2008, the Company may prepay the subordinated debentures, in whole or in part, at their face 
value plus accrued interest. 

Due in 2035; interest only at three month LIBOR + 1.60% (2.18% at December 31, 2011 and 1.90% at December 31, 2010) due 
quarterly; fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis to the extent that the funds are held 
by the Trust. BVBC Capital Trust III issued and sold $11,500,000 in Preferred Securities to third parties and $356,000 in Common 
Securities to the Company. Subordinated to the trust preferred securities (B) due in 2033. As of 2010, the Company may prepay 
the subordinated debentures, in whole or in part, at their face value plus accrued interest. 

F-31  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
    
 
 
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 11: LONG TERM DEBT (Continued)  

At the request of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, quarterly payments are being deferred on the Company’s outstanding trust preferred 
securities. Under the governing documents of the BVBC Capital Trust II and III, the quarterly payments since April 24, 2009 for BVBC Capital Trust 
II and March 31, 2009 for BVBC Capital Trust III were deferred. The Company has the right to declare such a deferral for up to 20 consecutive 
quarterly periods and deferral may only be declared as long as the Company is not then in default under the provisions of the Amended and 
Restated Trust Agreement. During the deferral period, interest on the indebtedness continues to accrue and the unpaid interest is compounded. 
For BVBC Capital Trust III, the Company must also accrue additional interest that is equal to the three month LIBOR rate plus 1.60% during the 
deferral period. All accrued interest and compounded interest must be paid at the end of the deferral period.  

For both BVBC Capital Trust II and BVBC Capital Trust III, as long as the deferral period continues, the Company is prohibited from: (i) declaring 
or paying any dividend on any of its capital stock, which would include both its common stock and the outstanding preferred stock issued to the 
United States Department of Treasury (the “Treasury”), or (ii) making any payment on any debt security that is ranked pari passu with the debt 
securities issued by the respective trusts. Because the Preferred Shares issued under the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Plan (the “CPP”) are 
subordinate to the trust preferred securities, the Company will be restricted from paying dividends on these Preferred Shares until such time as all 
trust preferred dividends have been brought current. See Note 13, Regulatory Matters for additional information.  

Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2011 are as follows:  

(In thousands)
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
Thereafter 

Less: Deferred prepayment penalty on modification of FHLB advances 

$ —    
  20,000  
7,500  
  20,000  
  10,000  
  44,588  
  102,088  
(1,654) 
$100,434  

NOTE 12: INCOME TAXES  
The provision for income taxes consists of the following:  

(In thousands)
Taxes currently (refundable) payable 
Deferred income taxes 

2011     

2010    

2009  

$ —      
  9,823    
$9,823    

$ —      
  (1,561)  
$(1,561)  

$(2,388) 
  (6,126) 
$(8,514) 

F-32  

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 12: INCOME TAXES (Continued)  

A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory rate to the Company’s actual income tax expense is shown below:  

(In thousands)
Computed at the statutory rate (34%) 
Increase (decrease) resulting from: 
Tax-exempt interest 
State income taxes 
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance 
Other 
Actual tax provision 

2011    

2010    

2009  

$ (2,040)  

$(1,463)  

$(7,862) 

(50)  
(20)  
  12,600    
(667)  
$ 9,823    

(5)  
124    
  —      
(217)  
$(1,561)  

(12) 
(208) 
  —    
(432) 
$(8,514) 

The tax effects of temporary differences related to deferred taxes shown on the December 31, 2011 and 2010 consolidated balance sheets are as 
follows:  

(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for loan losses 
Net Operating Loss from Blue Valley Ban Corp. and subsidiary 
Deferred compensation 
Offering costs 
Non-accrual loan interest 
Other real estate owned reserve 
Other 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Accumulated depreciation 
FHLB stock basis 
Accumulated appreciation on available-for- sale securities 
Prepaid intangibles 
Core Deposit Intangible related to Unison Bancorp Inc. and subsidiary acquisition 
Other 

Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance 
Valuation Allowance 

Net deferred tax asset 

2011

2010  

$ 4,880    
7,733    
123    
190    
59    
1,215    
516    
  14,716    

(321)  
(511)  
(89)  
(185)  
(90)  
(9)  
(1,205)  
  13,511    
  (12,600)  
911    
$

$ 5,451  
  5,991  
174  
200  
75  
178  
88  
  12,157  

(346) 
(472) 
(20) 
(198) 
(136) 
(9) 
  (1,181) 
  10,976  
  —    
$10,976  

The Company has unused Federal net operating loss carryforwards of $20,004,000, which expire starting in 2029. The Company has unused Kansas 
Privilege Tax net operating loss carryforwards of $31,047,000 which expire between 2018 and 2022.  

F-33  

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 13: REGULATORY MATTERS  
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet 
minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could 
have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework 
for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, 
liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also 
subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Furthermore, the Company’s regulators 
could require adjustments to regulatory capital not reflected in these consolidated financial statements.  

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and 
ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier I capital 
to average assets (as defined). As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they 
are subject.  

As of December 31, 2011, the Bank had capital in excess of regulatory requirements for a well-capitalized institution. To be categorized as well 
capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no 
conditions or events since December 31, 2011 that management believes have changed the Bank’s position.  

F-34  

  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 13: REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)  

The Company and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are also presented in the table.  

(In thousands)
December 31, 2011: 
Total Capital 
(to Risk Weighted Assets) 
Consolidated 
Bank Only 

Tier 1 Capital 
(to Risk Weighted Assets) 
Consolidated 
Bank Only 

Tier 1 Capital 
(to Average Assets) 
Consolidated 
Bank Only 

(In thousands)
December 31, 2010: 
Total Capital 
(to Risk Weighted Assets) 
Consolidated 
Bank Only 

Tier 1 Capital 
(to Risk Weighted Assets) 
Consolidated 
Bank Only 

Tier 1 Capital 
(to Average Assets) 
Consolidated 
Bank Only 

Actual

   Amount     

Ratio  

For Capital 
Adequacy Purposes  
Amount      Ratio  

To Be Well Capitalized 
Under  Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions

Amount

Ratio  

   $65,917    
   $70,736    

 12.08%  
 12.98%  

$43,640    
$43,587    

 8.00%  
 8.00%  

N/A     
$ 54,484     

  10.00% 

   $53,455    
   $63,838    

  9.80%  
 11.72%  

$21,820    
$21,794    

 4.00%  
 4.00%  

N/A     
$ 32,691     

6.00% 

   $53,455    
   $63,838    

  8.04%  
  9.61%  

$26,609    
$26,571    

 4.00%  
 4.00%  

N/A     
$ 33,214     

5.00% 

Actual

   Amount     

Ratio  

For Capital 
Adequacy Purposes  
Amount      Ratio  

To Be Well Capitalized 
Under  Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions

Amount

Ratio  

   $73,320    
   $76,043    

 12.66%  
 13.15%  

$46,347    
$46,260    

 8.00%  
 8.00%  

N/A     
$ 57,825     

  10.00% 

   $65,986    
   $68,722    

 11.39%  
 11.88%  

$23,173    
$23,130    

 4.00%  
 4.00%  

N/A     
$ 34,695     

6.00% 

   $65,986    
   $68,722    

  9.04%  
  9.41%  

$29,213    
$29,215    

 4.00%  
 4.00%  

N/A     
$ 36,519     

5.00% 

The Company and Bank are subject to certain restrictions on the amounts of dividends that it may declare without prior regulatory approval. At 
December 31, 2011, any dividend declaration would require regulatory approval.  

F-35  

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 13: REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)  

Preferred Stock and Warrants  
On December 5, 2008, the Company issued and sold to the United States Department of Treasury (the “Treasury”) 21,750 shares of Fixed Rate 
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Shares”), along with a ten year warrant to purchase 111,083 shares of the Company’s common 
stock for $29.37 per share, for a total cash price of $21,750,000 (the “Transaction”). The Preferred Shares have a liquidation preference of $1,000 per 
share. The Transaction occurred pursuant to, and is governed by the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Plan (the “CPP”), which was designed to 
attract broad participation by institutions, to stabilize the financial system, and to increase lending for the benefit of the U.S. economy. In 
connection with the transaction, the Company entered into a letter agreement with the Treasury which includes a Securities Purchase Agreement-
Standard Terms (the “SPA”). The Preferred Shares carry a 5% per year cumulative preferred dividend rate, payable quarterly. The dividend rate 
increases to 9% after five years. Dividends compound if they accrue and are not paid. During the first three years after the transaction, the 
Company may not redeem the Preferred Shares except in conjunction with a qualified equity offering meeting certain requirements. During the time 
that the Preferred Shares are outstanding, a number of restrictions apply to the Company, including, among others:  

•

•

•

•

•

  The Preferred Shares have a senior rank. The Company is not free to issue other preferred stock that is senior to the Preferred Shares.  
  Until the third anniversary of the sale of the Preferred Shares, unless the Preferred Shares have been redeemed in whole or the 

Treasury has transferred all of the shares to a non-affiliated third party, the Company may not declare or pay a common stock dividend 
in an amount greater than the amount of the last quarterly cash dividend per share declared prior to October 14, 2008, or repurchase 
common stock or other equity shares (subject to certain limited exceptions) without the Treasury’s approval.  
  If the Company were to pay a cash dividend in the future, any such dividend would have to be discontinued if a Preferred Share 

dividend were missed. Thereafter, dividends on common stock could be resumed only if all Preferred Share dividends in arrears were 
paid. Similar restrictions apply to the Company’s ability to repurchase common stock if Preferred Share dividends are missed.  
  Failure to pay the Preferred Share dividend is not an event of default. However, a failure to pay a total of six Preferred Share dividends, 

whether or not consecutive, gives the holders of the Preferred Shares the right to elect two directors to the Company’s Board of 
Directors. That right would continue until the Company pays all dividends in arrears.  
  In conformity with requirements of the SPA and Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”), the 
Company and its subsidiary, Bank of Blue Valley, and each of its senior executive officers agreed to limit certain compensation, bonus, 
incentive and other benefits plans, arrangements, and policies with respect to the senior executive officers during the period that the 
Treasury owns any debt or equity securities acquired in connection with the Transaction. The applicable senior executive officers 
have entered into letter agreements with the Company consenting to the foregoing and have executed a waiver voluntarily waiving any 
claim against the Treasury or the Company for any changes to such senior executive officer’s compensation or benefits that are 
required to comply with Section 111(b) of EESA.  

The Company’s preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements.  

F-36  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 13: REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)  

The Warrant is exercisable immediately and expires in ten years. The Warrant has anti-dilution protections and certain other protections for the 
holder, as well as potential registration rights upon written request from the Treasury. If requested by the Treasury, the Warrant (and the 
underlying common stock) may need to be listed on a national securities exchange. The Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting rights with 
respect to common shares it may acquire upon exercise of the Warrant. If the Preferred Shares are redeemed in whole, the Company has the right to 
purchase any common shares held by the Treasury at their fair market value at that time.  

The Board of Directors of Blue Valley Ban Corp. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Bank of Blue Valley, entered into a written agreement with the 
Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City as of November 4, 2009. This agreement was a result of an examination that was completed by the regulators 
in May 2009, and relates primarily to the Bank’s asset quality. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company and the Bank agreed, among other 
things, to submit an enhanced written plan to strengthen credit risk management practices and improve the Bank’s position on the past due loans, 
classified loans, and other real estate owned; review and revise its allowance for loan and lease loss methodology and maintain an adequate 
allowance for loan loss; maintain sufficient capital at the Company and Bank level; and improve the Bank’s earnings and overall condition. The 
Company and Bank have also agreed not to increase or guarantee any debt, purchase or redeem any shares of stock or declare or pay any 
dividends without prior written approval from the Federal Reserve Bank. The Company and the Bank have substantially complied will all items in 
the agreement.  

At the request of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, the Company notified the Treasury of its intention to defer the quarterly dividend 
payments on the Preferred Shares due to the Treasury since May 15, 2009. As part of the Capital Purchase Plan, the Company entered into a letter 
agreement with the Treasury on December 5, 2008, which includes a Securities Purchase Agreement-Standard Terms. As part of the agreement, 
dividends compound if they accrue and are not paid. Failure by the Company to pay the Preferred Share dividend is not an event of default. 
However, a failure to pay a total of six Preferred Share dividends, whether or not consecutive, gives the holders of the Preferred Shares the right to 
elect two directors to the Company’s Board of Directors. That right would continue until the Company pays all dividends in arrears. As of 
December 31, 2011, the Company has deferred eleven dividend payments. At this time, the Treasury has not elected any directors to serve on the 
Company’s Board of Directors; however, in November 2010 the Treasury assigned an observer to attend the Company’s board meetings. The 
Company has accrued for the dividends and interest and has every intention to bring the obligation current as soon as permitted. As of 
December 31, 2011, the Company had accrued $3,205,000 for the dividends and interest on outstanding Preferred Shares.  

F-37  

  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 14: TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES  

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had loans outstanding to executive officers, directors and to companies in which the Company’s and 
Bank’s executive officers or directors were principal owners, in the amount of $13,076,000 and $20,549,000, respectively. Annual activity consisted 
of the following:  

(In thousands)
Balance, beginning of year 
New loans and advances 
Repayments and reclassifications 
Balance, end of year 

2011

2010

$ 20,549    
7,191    
  (14,664)  
$ 13,076    

$ 22,387  
9,450  
  (11,288) 
$ 20,549  

In management’s opinion, such loans and other extensions of credit and deposits were made in the ordinary course of business and were made on 
substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. 
Further, in management’s opinion, when originated these loans did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other 
unfavorable features.  

Deposits from executive officers and directors held by the Company at December 31, 2011, and 2010 totaled $4,514,000 and $5,997,000, respectively.  

NOTE 15: PROFIT SHARING AND 401(K) PLANS  
The Company’s profit sharing and 401(k) plans cover substantially all employees. Contributions to the profit sharing plan are determined annually 
by the Board of Directors, and participant interests are vested over a five-year period. The Company did not make a contribution to the profit 
sharing plan during 2011, 2010 and 2009. The Company’s 401(k) plan permits participants to make contributions by salary reduction, based on 
which the Company matches 100% of the first 3% of the employee’s contribution plus 50% of the next 2% of compensation contributed by the 
employee. The Company’s matching contributions to the 401(k) plan are vested immediately. The Company’s matching contributions charged to 
expense for 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $255,000, $282,000 and $302,000, respectively.  

NOTE 16: EQUITY INCENTIVE COMPENSATION  
The Company has an Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) which allows the Company to issue equity incentive compensation awards to its 
employees and directors in the forms of stock options, restricted shares or deferred share units.  

Under the fixed option provisions of the Plan, the Company may grant options for shares of common stock that vest two years from the date of 
grant to its employees. At December 31, 2011, the Company had 141,796 shares available to be granted (options granted prior to 1998 were subject 
to an earlier plan with similar terms). The exercise price of each option is intended to equal the fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of 
grant, and maximum terms are 10 years.  

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company granted no stock options, but did grant 40,666, 29,640 and 60,350 shares of restricted common stock, 
respectively. Recipients of the restricted stock grant who are employees fully vest in the stock after three years from the date of the grant. 
Recipients of the restricted stock grant who are directors vested immediately in 2011, 2010 and 2009. The non-vested shares were 40,529, 49,308, 
and 61,750 as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The cost basis of the restricted shares granted which is equal to the fair value of 
the Company’s stock on the date of grant, will be amortized to compensation expense ratably over  

F-38  

  
  
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 16: EQUITY INCENTIVE COMPENSATION (Continued)  

the applicable vesting period. Expenses associated with restricted stock grants were $300,000, $608,000, and 306,000 for 2011, 2010 and 2009, 
respectively. The amount of unrecognized compensation costs was $127,000, $264,000, and $650,000 as of December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, 
respectively. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, 7,437, 7,454 and 5,300 shares of restricted stock were forfeited, respectively.  

A summary of the status of option shares under the plan at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and changes during the years then ended, is 
presented below:  

Outstanding, beginning of year 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Outstanding, end of year 
Intrinsic value of shares exercised 
Options exercisable, end of year 

2011

2010

2009

Weighted
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Shares     
  24,375     $ 22.07    
  —      
  —      
  13,800    
  19.82    
  10,575     $ 25.00    

Weighted
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Shares     

Weighted
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Shares     

  33,875     $ 20.51    
  —      
  —      
  9,500    
  16.50    
  24,375     $ 22.07    

  51,225     $ 20.38  
  —    
  —      
  17,350    
  20.12  
  33,875     $ 20.51  

   $ —      

   $ —      

   $ —      

  10,575     $ 25.00    

  24,375     $ 22.07    

  33,875     $ 20.51  

The weighted-average remaining contractual life of option shares at December 31, 2011 was 0.95 years and the exercise price was $25.00. 
Information about options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2011 is set forth in the following table.  

Exercise 
Price
$25.00 

Number Outstanding 
and Exercisable at 12/31/11  
10,575

Options Outstanding and  Exercisable
Weighted Average Remaining 
Contractual Life
1year

Weighted Average
Exercise Price
$25.00

NOTE 17: EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN  
The 2004 Blue Valley Ban Corp. employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) provides the right to subscribe to 100,000 shares of common stock to 
substantially all employees of the Company and subsidiaries, except those who are 5% or greater shareholders of the Company. The purchase 
price for shares under the plan is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (or a designated Committee thereof) and was set to 85% of the 
market price on either the grant date or the offering date, whichever is lower, for the plan year beginning in February 2004. Expense associated with 
the plan recognized in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $4,000, $3,000 and $7,000, respectively. Information about employee stock purchase 
plan activity as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is set forth in the following table.  

Plan year ending January   
2011
2010
2009

Employee Stock Purchase Plan Activity
Shares purchased

2,628    
3,465    
2,495    

F-39  

Purchase Price 
6.80  
$
$
8.71  
21.25  
$

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 18: OTHER INCOME/EXPENSE  
Other income consists of the following:  

(In thousands)
Rental income 
Realized gain on foreclosed assets 
Other income 

Total 

Other operating expenses consist of the following:  

(In thousands)
FDIC assessments 
Professional fees 
Data processing 
ATM and network fees 
Loan processing fees 
Other expense 

Total 

2011     

2010     

2009  

$378    
  578    
  28    
$984    

$ 264    
434    
447    
$1,145    

$ 377  
730  
557  
$1,664  

2011     

2010     

2009  

$1,509    
  1,237    
  1,110    
758    
283    
  2,954    
$7,851    

$2,076    
  1,520    
  1,278    
743    
308    
  2,625    
$8,550    

$2,267  
  1,297  
  1,318  
684  
346  
  2,984  
$8,896  

NOTE 19: FAIR VALUE OPTION  
The Company elected to adopt The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – including an Amendment of FASB 
Statement No. 115, which was subsequently incorporated into FASB Accounting Standards Codification in Topic 825, for mortgage loans held for 
sale originated after April 1, 2009. This standard permits an entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair 
value. An entity will report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each reporting date.  

In accordance with Topic 825, the Company has elected to measure loans held for sale at fair value. Loans held for sale is made up entirely of 
mortgage loans held for immediate sale in the secondary market with servicing release. These loans are sold prior to origination at a contracted 
price to an outside investor on a best efforts basis and remain on the Company’s balance sheet for a short period of time (typically 30 to 60 days). 
It is management’s opinion given the short-term nature of these loans, that fair value provides a reasonable measure of the economic value of 
these assets. In addition, carrying such loans at fair value eliminates some measure of volatility created by the timing of sales proceeds from 
outside investors, which typically occur in the month following origination.  

The difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance of loans held for sale was a gain of $34,000 at 
December 31, 2011 and a loss of $144,000 at December 31, 2010. Gains from fair value changes included in loans held for sale fee income was 
$178,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 and losses from fair value changes included in loans held for sale fee income was $33,000 for the 
year ended December 31, 2010. Interest income on loans held for sale is included in interest and fees on loan in the Company’s consolidated 
statement of operations. See Note 20 for additional disclosures regarding fair value of mortgage loans held for sale.  

F-40  

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 20: DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES  
ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an 
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Topic 820 also specifies a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to 
maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels 
of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:  

Level 1   Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2 

Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets 
that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the 
full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or 
liabilities.

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies and inputs used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and 
recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, as well as the general classification of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the 
valuation hierarchy.  

Available-for-Sale Securities  

Where quoted market prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities 
include exchange traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of 
securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. Level 2 securities include U.S. Government sponsored agencies. In certain cases 
where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available, securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy and include other less liquid securities.  

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale  

Mortgage loans held for sale are valued using market prices for loans with similar characteristics. This measurement is classified as Level 2 within 
the hierarchy.  

Commitments to Originate Loans and Forward Sales Commitments  

The fair value of commitments to originate loans and the fair value of forward sales commitments are estimated using a valuation model which 
considers differences between quoted prices for loans with similar characteristics in the secondary market and the committed rates. The valuation 
model includes assumptions which adjust the price for the likelihood that the commitment will ultimately result in a closed loan. These 
measurements are significant unobservable inputs and are classified as Level 3 within the hierarchy.  

F-41  

  
  
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 20: DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)  

The following table presents the fair value measurements of assets and liabilities recognized in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance 
sheet and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall at December 31, 2011 and 2010:  

(In thousands)
December 31, 2011: 
Assets: 
Available-for-sale securities: 

U.S. Government sponsored agencies 
Equity and other securities 

Mortgage loans held for sale 
Commitments to originate loans 
Forward sales commitments 

Total assets 

Liabilities: 
Commitments to originate loans 
Forward sales commitments 
Total liabilities 

December 31, 2010: 
Assets: 
Available-for-sale securities: 

U.S. Government sponsored agencies 
Equity and other securities 
Mortgage loans held for sale 
Commitments to originate loans 
Forward sales commitments 
Total assets 
Liabilities: 
Commitments to originate loans 
Forward sales commitments 
Total liabilities 

Fair Value Measurements Using
Significant
Other 
Observable
Inputs 
(Level 2)      

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets 
for Identical 
Assets (Level 1)    

Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

—      
619    
—      
—      
—      
619    

—      
—      
—      

—      
601    
—      
—      
—      
601    

—      
—      
—      

$ 61,171    
  —      
5,686    
  —      
  —      
$ 66,857    

$ —      
  —      
$ —      

$ 63,039    
  —      
8,162    
  —      
  —      
$ 71,201    

$ —      
  —      
$ —      

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

—    
—    
—    
8  
100  
108  

1  
—    
1  

—    
—    
—    
1  
372  
373  

9  
—    
9  

Fair Value    

$ 61,171    
619    
5,686    
8    
100    
$ 67,584    

$
1    
  —      
1    
$

$ 63,039    
601    
8,162    
1    
372    
$ 72,175    

$
9    
  —      
9    
$

F-42  

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 20: DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)  

The following table is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of recurring fair value measurements recognized in the Company’s 
consolidated balance sheet using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs:  

(In thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2010 
Total realized and unrealized gains (losses): 
Included in net income (loss) 

Balance as of December 31, 2011 
Balance as of December 31, 2009 
Total realized and unrealized gains (losses): 
Included in net income (loss) 

Balance as of December 31, 2010 

Commitments to 
Originate Loans    

Forward Sales 
Commitments 

$

$

$

$

(8)  

15    
7    
(47)  

39    
(8)  

$

$

$

$

372  

(272) 
100  

283  

89  
372  

Realized and unrealized gains and losses for items reflected in the table above are included in other income in the consolidated statement of 
operations.  

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies and inputs used for financial and nonfinancial instruments measured at fair value on a 
non-recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying balance sheet, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the 
valuation hierarchy.  

Impaired Loans (Collateral Dependent)  

Loans for which it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest due according to the contractual terms are measured for 
impairment. Allowable methods for determining the amount of impairment include estimating fair value using the fair value of the collateral for 
collateral dependent loans.  

If the impaired loan is identified as collateral dependent, then the fair value method of measuring the amount of impairment is utilized. This method 
requires obtaining a current independent appraisal of the collateral and applying a discount factor to the value. Impaired loans that are collateral 
dependent are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy when impairment is determined using the fair value method.  

Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale  

Foreclosed assets held for sale are carried at the fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to 
foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed and the assets are recorded at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.  

F-43  

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 20: DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)  

The following table presents the fair value measurements at December 31, 2011 and 2010 of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-
recurring basis during the respective year:  

(In thousands)
December 31, 2011: 
Impaired loans, net of reserves 
Foreclosed assets held for sale, net 

December 31, 2010: 
Impaired loans, net of reserves 
Foreclosed assets held for sale, net 

Fair Value Measurements Using

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets 
for Identical 
Assets (Level 1)    

$

$

$

$

—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2)      

$ —      
  —      
$ —      

$ —      
  —      
$ —      

Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3)

$

$

$

$

21,139  
12,826  
33,965  

26,106  
3,360  
29,466  

Fair Value    

$ 21,139    
  12,826    
$ 33,965    

$ 26,106    
3,360    
$ 29,466    

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of all other financial instruments recognized in the accompanying 
consolidated balance sheets at amounts other than fair value.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  
For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount approximates fair value.  

Loans  

The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the market rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers 
with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. Loans with similar characteristics were aggregated for purposes of the 
calculations. The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates its fair value.  

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock, Federal Reserve Bank Stock and other securities  
The carrying amounts for these securities approximate their fair value.  

Deposits  

Deposits include demand deposits, savings accounts, NOW accounts and certain money market deposits. The carrying amount of these deposits 
approximates fair value. The fair value of fixed maturity time deposits is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies the rates 
currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.  

Securities Sold Under Agreement to Repurchase and Other Interest-Bearing Liabilities  
For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  

F-44  

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 20: DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)  

Long-Term Debt  

Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value of existing debt. 
Fair value of long-term debt is based on quoted market prices or dealer prices for the identical liability when traded as an asset in an active market. 
If a quoted market price is not available, an expected present value technique is used to estimate fair value.  

Commitments to Extend Credit, Letters of Credit and Lines of Credit  

The fair value of commitments to originate loans is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account 
the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also 
considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of letters of credit and lines of credit are 
based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate or otherwise settle the obligations with the 
counterparties at the reporting date.  

The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments not previously disclosed at December 31, 2011 and 2010.  

(In thousands)
Financial assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, Federal Reserve Bank stock, and other securities 
Interest receivable 

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits 
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase and other interest-bearing liabilities 
Long-term debt 
Interest payable 

Unrecognized financial instruments 
(net of amortization): 

Commitments to extend credit 
Letters of credit 
Lines of credit 

F-45  

2011

Carrying 
Amount

Fair 
Value

2010

Carrying 
Amount

Fair 
Value

   $ 99,899     $ 99,899     $114,781     $114,781  
  478,926  
7,163  
1,783  

  425,654    
7,369    
1,573    

  428,698    
7,369    
1,573    

  477,723    
7,163    
1,783    

  490,413    
  15,372    
  100,434    
3,228    

  492,688    
  15,372    
  94,411    
3,228    

  541,218    
  18,748    
  99,757    
2,689    

  543,832  
  18,748  
  90,880  
2,689  

  —      
  —      
  —      

  —      
  —      
  —      

  —      
  —      
  —      

  —    
  —    
  —    

  
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
  
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 21: COMMITMENTS, CREDIT RISKS AND CURRENT ECONOMIC CONDITIONS  
The Company extends credit for commercial real estate mortgages, residential mortgages, working capital financing and consumer loans to 
businesses and residents principally in southern Johnson County. The Bank also purchases indirect leases from various leasing companies 
throughout Kansas and Missouri.  

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. 
Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require a payment of a fee. Since a portion of the 
commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Each 
customer’s creditworthiness is evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on 
management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and 
equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had outstanding commitments to 
originate loans aggregating approximately $22,744,000 and $6,081,000, respectively. The commitments extend over varying periods of time with the 
majority being disbursed within a one-year period.  

Mortgage loans in the process of origination represent amounts that the Company plans to fund within a normal period of 60 to 90 days and which 
are intended for sale to investors in the secondary market. Total mortgage loans in the process of origination amounted to $1,410,000 and 
$1,688,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Mortgage loans in the process of origination represent commitments to originate loans at 
both fixed and variable rates. Mortgage loans held for sale amounted to $5,686,000 and $8,162,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

Forward commitments to sell mortgage loans are obligations to sell loans at a specified price on or before a specified future date. These 
commitments are acquired to reduce market risk on mortgage loans in the process of origination and mortgage loans held for sale since the 
Company is exposed to interest rate risk during the period between issuing a loan commitment and the sale of the loan into the secondary market. 
Related forward commitments to sell mortgage loans amounted to approximately $7,096,000 and $9,850,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, 
respectively.  

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Financial 
standby letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing 
and similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to 
customers. The Company had total outstanding letters of credit amounting to $853,000 and $6,880,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, 
with terms ranging from one year to three years with the majority expiring in one year.  

Lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Lines of credit 
generally have fixed expiration dates. Since a portion of the line may expire without being drawn upon, the total unused lines do not necessarily 
represent future cash requirements. Each customer’s creditworthiness is evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if 
deemed necessary, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, 
inventory, property, plant and equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate. Management uses the same credit policies in granting 
lines of credit as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. At December 31, 2011, the Company had unused lines of credit to borrowers 
aggregating approximately $141,238,000 for commercial, commercial real estate and construction lines and $38,446,000 for open-end consumer lines 
of credit. At December 31, 2010, the Company had unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregating approximately $109,600,000 for commercial, 
commercial real estate and construction lines and $39,987,000 for open-end consumer lines of credit.  

F-46  

  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 21: COMMITMENTS, CREDIT RISKS AND CURRENT ECONOMIC CONDITIONS (Continued)  

The current protracted decline continues to present financial institutions with circumstances and challenges, which in some cases have resulted in 
large and unanticipated declines in the fair values of investments and other assets, constraints on liquidity and significant credit quality problems, 
including severe volatility in the valuation of real estate and other collateral supporting loans. The financial statements have been prepared using 
values and information currently available to the Company.  

Given the volatility of current economic conditions, the values of assets and liabilities recorded in the financial statements could change rapidly, 
resulting in material future adjustments in asset values, the allowance for loan losses and capital that could negatively impact the Company’s and 
Bank’s ability to meet regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity. Furthermore, the Company’s and Bank’s regulators could 
require material adjustments to asset values or the allowance for loan losses for regulatory capital purposes that could affect the Company’s and 
Bank’s measurement of regulatory capital and compliance with the capital adequacy guidelines under the regulatory framework for prompt 
corrective action.  

NOTE 22: LEGAL CONTINGENCIES  
Various legal claims also arise from time to time in the normal course of business which, in the opinion of management, will have no material effect 
on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

F-47  

  
  
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 23: SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)  
The following table presents the unaudited results of operations for the past two years by quarter. See discussion on earnings per share in "Note 
1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.  

2011

2010

Fourth 
Quarter

Third 
Quarter

Second 
Quarter

First 
Quarter

Fourth 
Quarter

Third 
Quarter

Second 
Quarter

First 
Quarter

Interest income 
Interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 

Non-interest income 
Realized gains on available-for sale securities 
Non-interest expense 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes 

Income (loss) before income taxes 

5,882      
(2,216)    
(69)    
(2,147)    
272      
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders    $ (11,512)   $ (2,297)   $ (2,419)   $

Net income (loss) 
Dividends on preferred shares 

6,882      
(1,086)    

   $

6,736     $
2,098      
4,638      
600      
4,038      
1,758      

6,837     $
2,207      
4,630      
700      
3,930      
1,717      

(In thousands, except per share data)
7,656  
7,277     $
7,653     $
6,631     $
6,651     $
4,015  
2,966      
3,473      
2,410      
2,540      
3,641  
4,180      
4,311      
4,111      
4,221      
250  
1,645       —        
2,000       —        
3,391  
4,180      
2,666      
4,111      
2,221      
1,573  
2,231      
2,299      
1,404      
1,445      
95       —    
342      
448      
     —         —         —         —        
6,353  
6,226      
6,141      
7,047      
6,188      
(1,389) 
(1,892)    
612      
(1,634)    
(673)    
(516) 
(680)    
230      
(595)    
(244)    
(873) 
(1,212)    
382      
(1,039)    
(429)    
272      
272  
272      
289      
272      
110     $ (1,484)   $ (1,145) 
(701)   $ (1,328)   $

7,672      
(2,025)    
     10,136       —        
(2,025)    
     (11,222)    
272      
290      

7,717     $
3,909      
3,808      
1,200      
2,608      
1,631      

Net Income (loss) per Share Data 

Basic 
Diluted 
Balance Sheet 

Total assets 
Total loans, net 
Stockholders' equity 

   $
   $

(4.10)   $
(4.10)   $

(0.82)   $
(0.82)   $

(0.86)   $
(0.86)   $

(0.25)   $
(0.25)   $

(0.47)   $
(0.47)   $

0.04     $
0.04     $

(0.54)   $
(0.54)   $

(0.41) 

(0.41) 

   $654,452     $677,511     $691,580     $693,776     $723,101     $755,362     $818,275     $844,228  
     425,654       442,496       443,878       462,009       477,723       483,165       498,238       507,910  
     40,455       51,912       54,310       56,368       57,164       58,786       58,786       59,583  

The above unaudited financial information reflects all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary to present a fair statement of 
the results of operations for the interim periods presented.  

F-48  

  
  
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
    
   
 
 
  
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 24: CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)  

Condensed Balance Sheets  
December 31, 2011 and 2010  

(In thousands)
ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Investments in subsidiaries: 

Bank of Blue Valley 
BVBC Capital Trust II 
BVBC Capital Trust III 

Other assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES 

Subordinated debentures 
Other liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Preferred Stock 
Common stock 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit) 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax of $89 and $20 at 2011 and 2010, respectively 

Total Stockholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

F-49  

2011    

2010  

   $

743    

$

842  

  64,282    
232    
356    
55    
   $65,668    

  77,703  
232  
356  
  1,214  
$80,347  

   $19,588    
  5,625    
  25,213    

$19,588  
  3,595  
  23,183  

22    
  2,879    
  38,511    
  (1,091)  
134    
  40,455    
   $65,668    

22  
  2,843  
  38,431  
  15,838  
30  
  57,164  
$80,347  

  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 24: CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) (Continued)  

Condensed Statements of Operations  
Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009  

(In thousands)
Income 

Dividends from subsidiaries 
Other income 

Expenses 
Loss before income taxes and equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries 
Income tax (benefit) 
Valuation allowance on deferred tax asset 
Loss before equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries 
Equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries 
Net loss 

F-50  

2011

2010    

2009

   $ —       $ —      
20    
19    
20    
19    
  1,496    
1,291    
(1,476 
)  
(1,272 
)  
(531 
(1,142 
)   
)   
  —      
2,169    
(945)  
(2,299)  
  (1,797)  
  (13,524)  
   $(15,823)   $(2,742)  

$

700  
20  
720  
1,336  
(616 
)  
(474 
)  
  —    
(142) 
  (14,468) 
$(14,610) 

  
  
  
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
2011

2010    

2009

   $(15,823)   $(2,742)  

$(14,610) 

1,197    
  13,524    
77    

(417)  
  1,797    
428    

(29) 
  14,468  
287  

(38)  
943    
(120)  

  —      
842    
(92)  

  —      
  —      

  —      
  —      

  —      
21    
21    
(99)  
842    
743     $

  —      
35    
35    
(57)  
899    
842    

   $

(243) 
696  
569  

(4,000) 
(4,000) 

(212) 
62  
(150) 
(3,581) 
4,480  
899  

$

Table of Contents 

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009  

NOTE 24: CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) (Continued)  

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows  
Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009  

(In thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Net loss 
Items not requiring (providing) cash: 
Deferred income taxes 
Equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries 
Restricted stock earned 

Changes in: 

Other assets 
Other liabilities 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

Capital contributed to subsidiary 

Net cash used in investing activities 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Dividends paid on preferred stock 
Proceeds from sale of common stock through Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR 

F-51  

(Back To Top)  

Section 2: EX-21.1 (EX-21.1) 

EXHIBIT 21.1  

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.  

Exhibit 21.1  

Blue Valley Ban Corp.  

Subsidiaries of the Registrant  

Subsidiariesof Blue Valley Ban Corp. 

1.

2.

3.

4.

Bank of Blue Valley - Incorporated in Kansas 

BVBC Capital Trust II - Organized under the laws of the State of Delaware 

BVBC Capital Trust III - Organized under the laws of the State of Delaware 

Blue Valley Insurance Services, Inc. - Incorporated in Kansas 

Subsidiaries of Bank of Blue Valley  

1.

2.

3.

Blue Valley Investment Corporation - Incorporated in Kansas 

BBV Accommodations, LLC - Incorporated in Kansas 

Blue Valley Building Corp. - Incorporated in Kansas 

(Back To Top)  

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 3: EX-23.3 (EX-23.3) 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Exhibit 23.3  

The Board of Directors  
Blue Valley Ban Corp.  
Overland Park, Kansas  

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-46022 on Form S-8 of Blue Valley Ban Corp., of our report, dated 
March 22, 2012, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Blue Valley Ban Corp. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related 
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, 
which report appears in the December 31, 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Blue Valley Ban Corp.  

/s/ BKD, LLP

Kansas City, Missouri 
March 22, 2012 
(Back To Top)  

Section 4: EX-31.1 (EX-31.1) 

Exhibit 31.1  

CERTIFICATION OF THE  
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER  

I, Robert D. Regnier, certify that:  

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Blue Valley Ban Corp. (the “Company”);  

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to 

make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period 
covered by this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 

respects the condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 

defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) 
and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by 
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;  

b) Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 

under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America;  

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 

about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and  

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably 
likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 

reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
function):  

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 

reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting.  

March 22, 2012

 
  
 
  
 
/s/ Robert D. Regnier 
Robert D. Regnier, 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Back To Top)  

Section 5: EX-31.2 (EX-31.2) 

Exhibit 31.2  

CERTIFICATION OF THE  
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER  

I, Mark A. Fortino, certify that:  

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Blue Valley Ban Corp. (the “Company”);  

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to 

make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period 
covered by this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 

respects the condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 

defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) 
and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by 
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;  

b) Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 

under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America;  

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 

about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and  

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably 
likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 

reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
function):  

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 

reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting.  

March 22, 2012

/s/ Mark A. Fortino 
Mark A. Fortino,
Chief Financial Officer
(Back To Top)  

Section 6: EX-32.1 (EX-32.1) 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

Exhibit 32.1  

In connection with the Annual Report of Blue Valley Ban Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011, as 

filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), we certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as 

 
  
 
 
adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:  

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and  

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the 

Company.  

March 22, 2012  

/s/ Robert D. Regnier 
Robert D. Regnier,
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Mark A. Fortino 
Mark A. Fortino,
Chief Financial Officer

(Back To Top)  

Section 7: EX-99.1 (EX-99.1) 

Exhibit 99.1  
UST #118  

Blue Valley Ban Corp.  
Certification of the Principal Executive Officer  
Pursuant to Section 111 of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008  

I, Robert D. Regnier, certify, based on my knowledge, that:  

(i) The compensation committee of Blue Valley Ban Corp. has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six 

months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and 
employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to Blue Valley Ban Corp.;  

(ii) The compensation committee of Blue Valley Ban Corp. has identified and limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal 
year that was a TARP period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could 
threaten the value of Blue Valley Ban Corp., and has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to Blue Valley Ban 
Corp. and has limited those features to ensure that Blue Valley Ban Corp. is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;  

(iii) The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was 

a TARP period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of 
reported earnings of Blue Valley Ban Corp. to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;  

(iv) The compensation committee of Blue Valley Ban Corp. will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee 

compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;  

  
 
Exhibit 99.1  
UST #118  

(v) The compensation committee of Blue Valley Ban Corp. will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most 

recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period the features in:  

(A) SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Blue Valley Ban 

Corp.;  

(B) Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose Blue Valley Ban Corp. to risks; and  

(C) Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Blue Valley Ban Corp. to enhance the 

compensation of an employee;  

(vi) Blue Valley Ban Corp. has required that bonus payments to SEO’s or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees, as 

defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), be subject to a recovery or “clawback” 
provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially 
inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;  

(vii) Blue Valley Ban Corp. has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under 

section 111 of EESA, to a SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal 
year that was a TARP period;  

(viii) Blue Valley Ban Corp. has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the 

regulations and guidance established thereunder during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;  

Exhibit 99.1  
UST #118  

(ix) Blue Valley Ban Corp. and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations 

and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period; and any 
expenses that, pursuant to the policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive 
officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;  

(x) Blue Valley Ban Corp. will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and 
regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during any part of the most 
recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;  

(xi) Blue Valley Ban Corp. will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during the any part of the most recently 
completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of 
EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);  

(xii) Blue Valley Ban Corp. will disclose whether Blue Valley Ban Corp., the board of directors of Blue Valley Ban Corp., or the compensation 

committee of Blue Valley Ban Corp. has engaged during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, a 
compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this 
period;  

(xiii) Blue Valley Ban Corp. has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under 
section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal 
year that was a TARP period;  

(xiv) Blue Valley Ban Corp. has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the 

agreement between Blue Valley Ban Corp. and Treasury, including any amendments;  

(xv) Blue Valley Ban Corp. has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated 
employees for the current fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title, and 
employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and  

(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, 

imprisonment, or both. (See, for example, 18 USC 1001).  

Exhibit 99.1  
UST #118  

/s/ Robert D. Regnier 
Robert D. Regnier
President and Chief Executive Officer  
(Back To Top)  

Section 8: EX-99.2 (EX-99.2) 

  February 1, 2012 
  Date

Exhibit 99.2  
UST #118  

Blue Valley Ban Corp.  
Certification of the Principal Financial Officer  
Pursuant to Section 111 of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008  

I, Mark A. Fortino, certify, based on my knowledge, that:  

(i) The compensation committee of Blue Valley Ban Corp. has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six 

months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and 
employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to Blue Valley Ban Corp.;  

(ii) The compensation committee of Blue Valley Ban Corp. has identified and limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal 
year that was a TARP period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could 
threaten the value of Blue Valley Ban Corp., and has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to Blue Valley Ban 
Corp. and has limited those features to ensure that Blue Valley Ban Corp. is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;  

(iii) The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was 

a TARP period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of 
reported earnings of Blue Valley Ban Corp. to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;  

(iv) The compensation committee of Blue Valley Ban Corp. will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee 

compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;  

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 99.2  
UST #118  

(v) The compensation committee of Blue Valley Ban Corp. will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most 

recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period the features in:  

(A) SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Blue Valley Ban 

Corp.;  

(B) Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose Blue Valley Ban Corp. to risks; and  

(C) Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Blue Valley Ban Corp. to enhance the 

compensation of an employee;  

(vi) Blue Valley Ban Corp. has required that bonus payments to SEO’s or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees, as 

defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), be subject to a recovery or “clawback” 
provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially 
inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;  

(vii) Blue Valley Ban Corp. has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under 

section 111 of EESA, to a SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal 
year that was a TARP period;  

(viii) Blue Valley Ban Corp. has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the 

regulations and guidance established thereunder during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;  

Exhibit 99.2  
UST #118  

(ix) Blue Valley Ban Corp. and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations 

and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period; and any 
expenses that, pursuant to the policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive 
officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;  

(x) Blue Valley Ban Corp. will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and 
regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during any part of the most 
recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;  

(xi) Blue Valley Ban Corp. will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during the any part of the most recently 
completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of 
EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);  

(xii) Blue Valley Ban Corp. will disclose whether Blue Valley Ban Corp., the board of directors of Blue Valley Ban Corp., or the compensation 

committee of Blue Valley Ban Corp. has engaged during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, a 
compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this 
period;  

(xiii) Blue Valley Ban Corp. has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under 
section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal 
year that was a TARP period;  

Exhibit 99.2  
UST #118  

(xiv) Blue Valley Ban Corp. has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the 

agreement between Blue Valley Ban Corp. and Treasury, including any amendments;  

(xv) Blue Valley Ban Corp. has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated 
employees for the current fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title, and 
employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and  

(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, 

imprisonment, or both. (See, for example, 18 USC 1001).  

/s/ Mark A. Fortino 
Mark A. Fortino
Chief Financial Officer
(Back To Top) 

   January 23, 2012 
   Date